TW565864B - Apparatus for manufacturing laminated member - Google Patents

Apparatus for manufacturing laminated member Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW565864B
TW565864B TW91105685A TW91105685A TW565864B TW 565864 B TW565864 B TW 565864B TW 91105685 A TW91105685 A TW 91105685A TW 91105685 A TW91105685 A TW 91105685A TW 565864 B TW565864 B TW 565864B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
layer forming
conductor
insulating layer
forming device
insulating
Prior art date
Application number
TW91105685A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Masakazu Kakimoto
Fumiaki Matsumoto
Hisashi Yasoda
Makoto Furuta
Original Assignee
Uht Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2000290751A external-priority patent/JP3881833B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2000365997A external-priority patent/JP2002170737A/en
Priority claimed from JP2000365996A external-priority patent/JP3881841B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2001006770A external-priority patent/JP4341765B2/en
Priority claimed from JP2002051858A external-priority patent/JP3805266B2/en
Application filed by Uht Corp filed Critical Uht Corp
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW565864B publication Critical patent/TW565864B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Fixed Capacitors And Capacitor Manufacturing Machines (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

A manufacturing speed for a laminated member for every layer is increased to improve productivity and at the same time a small-sized manufacturing apparatus capable of being practically realized is provided. A base plate is mounted at a linear predetermined segment path in such a way that it can be reciprocated and moved up and down, each of one to a plurality of an insulating layer forming means for discharging ceramics slurry or insulating resin paste, conductive layer forming means for injecting conductive paste by an ink jet system and drying means for drying said slurry, paste are arranged side by side on the segment path, the thin film layer having a predetermined electrode pattern arranged thereon is formed on the ceramics insulating layer wile the base plate reciprocates by once to several times over the segment path, and these operations are repeated.

Description

5物64 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 31、發明說明() 技術領域 本發明涉及叠層體製造裝置,詳细地,是涉及安裝於 叠曆基板上的電容器、感應體、電阻器、磁性體、濾波器 等叠層型電子部件等的製造裝置。 背景技術 至今,我們知道作為代表性叠層體的陶瓷叠曆體的一 般製造方法是用刮刀法將陶瓷粘合疲塗佈在長的由聚對苯 二甲酸乙二酯薄膜等構成的載體膜上,接著用網印法在其 上面印刷導體蒼,經過乾燥形成陶瓷薄膜層,此後,從載 體膜剝雛上述薄膜層,同時K其內部導體圖案的位置為基 準裁斷成規定形狀,將裁斷的薄膜層順次地叠層起來的方 法(請參照日本平成10年公開的10- 1 5 9 2 9號專利公報)。 但是,如果根據這種已有方式,則因為將載體膜上形 成的薄膜層一層一層地剝離後將它們叠層起來,所K需要 這種剝離機機構和叠層機構,不僅使裝置大型化,而且使 生產性惡化,同時產生為了將一旦剝離後的薄膜層叠層起 來使它們的位置重合的精度問題。 又,至今,作為其它的製造方式,我們知道在金羼製 基板上反復進行形成絕緣層和規定導體圖案的工序直接叠 層薄膜層的方式(請參照日本平成9年公開的9-232174號 專利公報)。 如果根據該專利公報,則藉由用伺服馬達和滾珠螺桿 的機構等,可K在X和Y方向上移動基板,但是,作為一 個示例,也可Μ用金屬製的環帶代替上述基板,這時,沿 -4- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----— — — — — — I I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再本頁) · _線· 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 __B7_ 五、發明說明() 上述環帶的行進方向,K規定順序配設所要數目的粘合液 嗔射頭,所要數目钓導體裔噴射頭等,伴隨著環帶向一個 方向行進,逐漸地製造出叠層體。 可是,即使用金屬製的環帶代替上逑基板的情形中, 也存在著需要追加粘合液噴射頭和導體賫噴射頭的配設數 ,及為了提高生產性的絕緣層和導體層的乾燥裝置,假壓 接裝置和真壓接裝置,進一步,如果考慮形成的鲞層體的 回收區劃等,則與從前的已有技術相同,需要大的設置地 板面積使裝置大型化,增大設備費用等不利情況。 又,因為在沿X· Y方向移動的基板的上方,從粘合 液噴射頭和導體資噴射頭反復噴射陶瓷粘合液和功能材料 導體資構成鲞層體,所Μ難以確保各層的平坦性。 即,在上述已有技術中,因為由噴射陶瓷粘合液或功 能材料導體#形成的薄膜層的表面上會形成微小的凹凸不 平,所以存在著越是上層部分平坦性越壞的問題,完成的 叠層體的內部精度成為一個疑問。此外,因為藉由噴射陶 瓷粘合液形成平坦狀的陶瓷層,所Κ也存在著這種噴射作 業需要化費很多時間的問題。 又,如果在上逑陶瓷層上形成由內部電路要素構成的 層,形成1層薄膜層,則在由上述內部電路要素構成的層 中的電極層之間產生凹嵌部分,損害了上述薄膜層的平坦 性,當叠層這個薄膜層時由於上述凹嵌部分產生空隙,很 可能成為在燒结後的電子部件上發生空隙的原因。 本發明是鑒於上述已有技術問題研發的,本發明的目 -5- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)5 items 64 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 31. Description of the Invention (Technical Field) The present invention relates to a device for manufacturing a laminated body, and in particular, relates to a capacitor, an inductor, Manufacturing equipment for laminated electronic components such as resistors, magnetic bodies, and filters. 2. Description of the Related Art Until now, it has been known that a typical method for manufacturing a ceramic laminated body as a typical laminated body is to apply a ceramic coating to a long carrier film made of a polyethylene terephthalate film or the like by a doctor blade method. Then, the conductor is printed on it by screen printing, and the ceramic thin film layer is formed after drying. Thereafter, the thin film layer is peeled from the carrier film, and at the same time, the position of the internal conductor pattern of K is cut into a predetermined shape. A method of sequentially stacking thin film layers (refer to Japanese Patent Publication No. 10-159 2 9 published in Heisei 10). However, according to this conventional method, since the thin film layers formed on the carrier film are peeled off one by one and then they are laminated, the peeler mechanism and the laminating mechanism are needed, which not only enlarges the device, In addition, productivity is deteriorated, and at the same time, there is a problem of accuracy in order to superimpose the positions of the films once they have been peeled off and layer them. Furthermore, as another manufacturing method, we have known a method of directly laminating a thin film layer by repeating the steps of forming an insulating layer and a predetermined conductor pattern on a gold substrate (refer to Japanese Patent No. 9-232174 published in Heisei 9). Bulletin). According to this patent publication, the substrate can be moved in the X and Y directions by using a mechanism such as a servo motor and a ball screw. However, as an example, a metal endless belt may be used instead of the substrate. , Along -4- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) -----— — — — — — II (Please read the precautions on the back before this page) · _ Line · 565864 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 __B7_ V. Description of the invention () The direction of travel of the above-mentioned annulus, K specifies the required number of adhesive liquid ejection heads and the required number of fishing conductor ejection heads As the endless belt advances in one direction, a laminate is gradually produced. However, even in the case where a metal endless belt is used instead of the upper substrate, there are also the need to increase the number of placement of the adhesive liquid ejection head and the conductor / jet head, and drying of the insulating layer and the conductor layer in order to improve productivity. Devices, false crimping devices, and true crimping devices. Furthermore, if the recycling zone of the formed concrete layer is considered, it is the same as the prior art. It requires a large floor area to increase the size of the device and increase equipment costs. And so on. In addition, since the ceramic adhesive liquid and the functional material conductive material are repeatedly sprayed from the adhesive liquid ejection head and the conductive material ejection head to form a layered body over the substrate moving in the X and Y directions, it is difficult to ensure the flatness of each layer. . That is, in the above-mentioned prior art, since the surface of the thin film layer formed by spraying the ceramic adhesive liquid or the functional material conductor # will form minute irregularities, there is a problem that the flatness of the upper layer becomes worse. The internal accuracy of the laminate becomes a question. In addition, since a flat ceramic layer is formed by spraying a ceramic bonding solution, there is a problem that this spraying operation requires a lot of time. In addition, if a layer composed of internal circuit elements is formed on the upper ceramic layer and a thin film layer is formed, a recessed portion is generated between the electrode layers in the layer composed of the internal circuit elements, thereby damaging the thin film layer. When the thin film layer is laminated, the flatness of the thin film layer is likely to cause a void to occur in the sintered electronic component due to the voids generated in the recessed portions. The present invention was developed in view of the above-mentioned existing technical problems. The purpose of the present invention is -5- this paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page )

565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社,印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 的是藉增加疊層體(含叠層基板)每一層的製造速度提高生 產性,廉價地提供實用且小型化的製造裝置。 本發明的其它目的是提供即使為小型化而採用作業面 旋轉的方式也不會妨礙實用化的叠層體造裝置。 又,本發明的其它目的是提供通過平坦性好高精度地 形成具有導體圖案的薄膜層,能夠以高的製造速度生產內 部精度高的高品質的疊層體的叠層體製造裝置。 這樣的本發明的叠層體製造裝置,包括:在直線狀的 規定區間路徑上往復移動和上下移動地設置基盤,並且在 該區間路徑上,分別設置1個或多個吐出陶瓷粘合液或絕 緣樹脂裔的絕緣層形成裝置,用噴墨方式噴射導體裔的導 體層形成裝置,和使上逑粘合液、導體齎乾燥的乾燥裝置 ,上述基盤在上述區間路徑上1次或多次往復移動期間, 在絕緣層上形成配設有規定導體圖案的薄膜層,反復進行 這些過程形成叠層體。 即,上逑叠層體製造裝置的特徵是並設1個或必需的 最少個數絕緣層形成裝置,導體層形成裝置和乾燥裝置, 能使基盤在配置它們的直線狀的區間路徑上往復移動,並 且能夠在這種往前移動時和回復移動時的各程序中有效地 進行規定的作業。 上述絕緣層形成裝置,導體曆形成裝置和乾燥裝置係 配合,由陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂膏形成絕緣層的程序,由 導體蒼形成導體層的程序等的作業程序適當設定,但是因 為使用上述乾燥裝置進行的乾燥程序的頻度很大,所以將 -6- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 '297公釐) ---— l!t--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 這些1個或多個乾燥装置中的至少1涸配置在上述區間路 徑的大致中央部分,Μ有效地提高作業效率。 這個乾燥裝置可Μ是加熱或溫風方式,光照射方式, 激光照射方式或兼用後面所述的假壓接裝置的熱板壓接方 式等中的任何一種方式,使上述絕緣層,導體層呈不沾手 的半硬化狀態。 上述絕緣層形成裝置可採用一般習知的刮刀方式,噴 墨方式或滾筒塗佈方式等,但為了與絕緣層的緻密化相對 應提高精度,最好至少其中1個採用噴墨方式。但是對於 在薄膜層的一層上全面地形成絕緣層的部分,也可Κ採用 上逑刮刀方式和滾筒塗佈方式,即將噴墨方式和其它方式 任意組合起來。 例如,如果在上述絕緣層上形成導體層(電極層),Μ 形成1曆薄膜層,則在這些電極層之間會產生凹嵌部分, 損害了薄膜層的平坦性,當叠層這些薄膜層時由於上逑凹 嵌部分產生空隙,成為在燒结後的電子部件上發生空隙的 原因。 為了確保上逑絕緣層的平坦性,必須用絕緣層填平上 述凹嵌部分,為此,上述絕緣層形成裝置應包括可在導體 層形成裝置形成的電極層之間的凹嵌部分或除去形成導體 層的區域外的規定區域中充填陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂膏。 這時的絕緣層形成裝置中採用上逑嗔墨方式是缠合的。 此外,若是叠層體為用於感應體時,需要形成連接上 下薄膜層的導體層(電極層)的通孔電極。 -7 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I - — — — — 111 ^ ·ΙΙ — — — — — — (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 ΚΙ Β7 五、發明說明( 因為上述導體層形成裝置是噴墨方式,所Μ也可K用 該裝置形成通孔電極。即最好藉上述導體層彤成裝置Κ噴 墨方式在上述導體圖案上噴射導體賫,形成通孔電極。 此外,如通常進行的那樣,也可以在絕緣層上打出通 孔用薄膜層噴墨方式在該通孔中充填形成上述通孔電極。 又也可Κ用打孔裝置的激光打孔方式。這時,在上逑區間 路徑上並設追加的激光打孔裝置,並在該激光打孔裝置打 出的通孔中用上述噴墨方式的導體層形成裝置充填導體賫 ,形成通孔電極。 又,為了對在上逑薄膜層的陶瓷粘合液、絕緣樹脂膏 、導體賫上產生的微细的凹凸不平進行均勻,確保平坦性 ,通過對叠層進行均勻化提高叠層精度,最好在每次形成 1層薄膜層等的適當時候,按壓該層的上面。為此,在上 逑基盤移動的上述區間路徑上並設追加的由熱板和滾筒等 構成的假壓接裝置。 而且,如上所述,如果在假壓接裝置上使用熱板則乾 燥裝置和假壓接装置可Κ是兼用的。 此外,假壓接裝置的工作定時也可Μ是每次形成1層 請 先 閱 讀 背 Sj 之 注 意 事 項 ψί 頁i I I I I I 訂 鑛 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 盤外粘平 置 基此瓷的 裝 的。陶度 燥 動個填程 乾 移一充種 由 復何中某 觸 往任等保 接 步的分確 是 一 中部夠 成 進等嵌能 構 , 時凹為。體 時動的因置具 層移間,裝的 膜復之中接好 薄回層形壓良 層次極情假的 多每電的要置 成或在脅需裝 形時,脂定接 次動樣樹一壓 每移那緣不假 或前述絕 K 述 曆往上或所上 膜次如液性 薄每 ,合坦 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 進行乾燥後的陶瓷粘合液、絕緣樹脂脅、導體《,並且在 表面上具有極微小粘著性的按壓滾筒,使具有粘著性的除 塵滾筒與該滾筒接觸。 因此,用噴墨方式等塗佈的陶瓷粘合液、絕緣樹脂膏 、導體資,由乾燥裝置乾燥到不發粘.的程度後,通過接觸 按壓滾筒平坦地均勻微细的凹凸不平,並且從凸部剝離下 來的微粒Η附著在按壓滾筒上被除去,而附著在該按壓滾 筒上的微粒Η附著在除塵滾筒上被除去。 又,也可以使基盤在規定區間往復移動和上下移動地 將基盤設置在作業台上,在上逑作業台上方並設多個支持 部件,並且可裝卸地將1個或多個吐出陶瓷粘合液或絕緣 樹脂裔的絕緣層形成單元,噴射導體裔的等體層形成單元 和乾烽機單元安裝在這些支持部件上,上述基盤在上述區 間中1次或多次往復移動期間,在絕緣層上形成配設了規 定導體圖案的薄膜層,反復進行這些過程形成叠層體。 上述絕緣層形成單元和導體層形成單元採用一般習知 的刮刀方式,噴墨方式或滾筒塗佈方式等,但是為了與導 體層和絕緣層的緻密化相對應提高精度,最好導體曆形成 單元採用噴墨方式,絕緣層形成單元中至少1個採用噴墨 方式。 但是,在薄膜層的一層上全面地形成絕緣層的部分上 ,採用上述刮刀方式和滾筒塗布方式,即將噴墨方式和其 它方式任意組合起來。 當上述導體層形成單元採用噴墨方式時,也可以用這 -9- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 個單元形成連接上下薄膜層的導體層的通孔電極。即,能 夠製造出用於具有通孔電極的感應體的叠曆體。 而且,上逑通孔電極,如通常進行的那樣,也可Μ在 薄膜層的絕緣層上打出通孔在該通孔中充填導體麥,這時 作為打孔裝置最好採用激光打孔方式。.具體地說,進一步 具有可裝卸地安裝用於在上述絕緣層上打出通孔的激光打 孔裝置的構成。 又,為了對在上述薄膜層的陶瓷粘合液和絕緣樹脂膏 上產生的微ffl的凹凸不平進行均勻確保平坦性,藉由對叠 層進行均勻化提高叠層精度,最好在每次形成1層薄膜層 等的適當時候,按壓該層的上面。為此,進一步具有可裝 卸地安裝用於在叠層上述薄膜層的適當時候按壓上面的假 壓接裝置的構成。 這個假壓接單元備有熱板和滾筒等,在使用這個熱板 的假壓接單元的情形中,因為兼有上述乾燥機單元的功能 ,所以也可Μ省略該乾燥機單元。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 此外,假懕接單元的工作定時也可Κ是每次形成1層 薄膜層時或每次形成多層薄膜層時,進一步往復移動的基 盤每次往前移動時或回復移動時等中的任何1個。 進一步,為了檢査由上述絕緣層形成單元,導體層形 成單元形成的絕緣層,導體層的完成精度,需要設置CCD 攝像機單元。即進一步可裝卸地安裝為了檢測上逑薄膜層 的狀態進行攝像的CCD攝像機單元。 用這個攝像機單元,在適當時候對形成的薄膜曆的表 -10- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 面進行攝像,經由對其進行圖像處理,檢测有無由於噴墨 噴嘴的噴孔堵塞等原因引起的絕緣層的針孔或導體層的斷 線等不良狀態。 而且,也可K使對外周上連缅的平坦作業面進行區割 的多角彤狀的旋轉鼓間歆地旋轉那漾地設置旋轉鼓,在該 旋轉鼓外周上設置在卷著載體膜的上述各作桊面上敷設膜 的膜供給機構,在上述旋轉鼓的停此狀態在對著上述作業 面的作業台上,分別配設1個或多個吐出陶瓷粘合液或絕 緣樹脂爱的絕緣層形成裝置,用噴墨方式噴射導體資的導 體層形成裝置和使上逑粘合液、導體齎乾燥的乾燥裝置, 當上述旋轉鼓的每次旋轉時,在上述作桊面的載體膜上在 絕緣層上至少形成配設了規定導體圖案的1層薄膜層,並 且經由反復進行這種旋轉動作形成叠層體。 即,它的特徵是在每個間歆地旋轉的旋轉鼓外周的作 業面上構成作業台,經由在各作業台上實胨絕緣層和/或 導體層的形成作業或乾燥作業形成叠層體的薄膜層,並且 .藉敷設在各作業面上的載體膜確實地保持薄膜層的叠層狀 態。 在上逑旋轉鼓上,為了使上逑載體膜以緊張狀態與它 的各作業面密切接觸,最好在上述旋轉鼓的作業面上設置 從內部進行真空吸引的吸附孔,經由該吸附孔將載體膜吸 附保持在作業面上。 又,為了提高薄膜層的製造速度,換句話說,為了縮 短旋轉鼓旋轉一次所需的時間,在形成絕緣層或導體層後 -1 1- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — — — — I — — — — — - — — 111 — — ill — — — — — — - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 最好立即使這些層的上面乾燥,直接在上述絕緣層形成裝 置或導體層形成裝置後面的作業台上分別配置上述乾燥裝 置。 上述乾燥裝置可Μ是加熱或溫風方式,光照射方式, 激光照射方式或兼用後面述說的假壓接裝置或壓接裝置( 真壓接)的熱板壓接方式等中的任何一種方式,使上逑絕 緣層,導體層圼不粘着的半硬化狀態。 上逑絕緣層形成裝置採用一般習知的刮刀方式,嗔墨 方式或滾筒塗佈方式等,但是在與絕緣層的致密化相對應 提高精度的作業台上,最好其中至少1採用噴墨方式。但 是對於在薄膜層的一層上全面地形成絕緣曆的部分,也可 Κ採用上述刮刀方式和滾筒塗佈方式,即將嗔墨方式和其 它方式任意組合起來。 而且,上述絕緣層形成裝置和導體層形成裝置是噴墨 方式時,對噴墨噴嘴的位置進行控制是重要的。當上述導 體層形成裝置在各作業面上開始進行工作時,由該裝置在 載體膜上附設基準標記,對著配置了上述導體層形成裝置 和噴墨方式的絕緣層形成裝置的作業台配設c CD攝像機,565864 Employee Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed A7 B7 5. The description of the invention () is to increase productivity by increasing the manufacturing speed of each layer of the laminated body (including the laminated substrate), and to provide practical and miniaturized inexpensively Manufacturing device. Another object of the present invention is to provide a laminated body manufacturing apparatus which does not hinder practical use even if the working surface is rotated for miniaturization. It is another object of the present invention to provide a laminated body manufacturing apparatus capable of producing a high-quality laminated body with high internal accuracy at a high manufacturing speed by forming a thin film layer having a conductor pattern with high flatness and high accuracy. Such a laminated body manufacturing apparatus of the present invention includes a base plate provided on a linear predetermined section path to reciprocate and move up and down, and on the section path, one or more ejected ceramic bonding solutions or Insulating layer forming device of insulating resin, conductive layer forming device for spraying conductive layer by ink jet method, and drying device for drying upper adhesive liquid and conductive layer, the substrate is reciprocated one or more times on the above path. During the movement, a thin film layer provided with a predetermined conductor pattern is formed on the insulating layer, and these processes are repeated to form a laminated body. That is, the upper stack manufacturing device is characterized by having one or a minimum number of insulating layer forming devices, a conductive layer forming device, and a drying device in parallel, which enables the substrate to reciprocate on a linear section path in which they are arranged. , And it is possible to efficiently perform a predetermined operation in each of the programs during the forward movement and the reverse movement. The above-mentioned insulating layer forming device, the conductor calendar forming device and the drying device are coordinated. The operation procedures such as a procedure for forming an insulating layer from a ceramic adhesive or an insulating resin paste, and a procedure for forming a conductor layer from a conductor are appropriately set. The drying process performed by the drying device is very frequent, so -6- this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 '297 mm) ----- l! T -------- -(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 565864 Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () At least 1 涸 of these 1 or more drying devices are arranged in the above range Approximately the center of the path, M effectively improves work efficiency. This drying device can be any one of heating or warm air method, light irradiation method, laser irradiation method, or hot-plate crimping method using a pseudo crimping device described later. Semi-hardened state without sticking to hands. The above-mentioned insulating layer forming apparatus may employ a conventionally known doctor blade method, inkjet method, or roller coating method. However, in order to improve the accuracy corresponding to the densification of the insulating layer, it is preferable to use at least one of the inkjet methods. However, for the part where the insulating layer is formed on one layer of the thin film layer, the upper blade method and the roller coating method can also be adopted, that is, the inkjet method and other methods can be arbitrarily combined. For example, if a conductor layer (electrode layer) is formed on the above-mentioned insulating layer and M forms a thin film layer, a recessed portion will be generated between these electrode layers, which will damage the flatness of the thin film layer. When these thin film layers are laminated, At this time, voids are generated in the recessed part of the upper cymbal, which is the cause of voids in the sintered electronic component. In order to ensure the flatness of the upper insulating layer, it is necessary to fill the recessed portion with an insulating layer. For this reason, the above-mentioned insulating layer forming device should include a recessed portion that can be formed between the electrode layers formed by the conductor layer forming device or removed. A predetermined area outside the area of the conductor layer is filled with a ceramic adhesive liquid or an insulating resin paste. At this time, the inking method is used in the insulating layer forming device. In addition, when the laminated body is used for an inductor, it is necessary to form a via electrode for connecting a conductor layer (electrode layer) of the upper and lower film layers. -7-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) I-— — — — 111 ^ · ΙΙ — — — — — — (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page 565864 ΚΙ B7 V. Description of the invention (Because the above-mentioned conductor layer forming device is an inkjet method, the device can also be used to form a through-hole electrode. That is, it is best to use the above-mentioned conductor layer forming device to apply the inkjet method to the above-mentioned conductor. Conductor 賫 is sprayed on the pattern to form a through-hole electrode. In addition, as usual, a through-hole may be formed on the insulating layer by a thin-film layer inkjet method, and the through-hole electrode may be filled into the through-hole to form the through-hole electrode. A laser drilling method using a punching device. At this time, an additional laser punching device is provided on the path of the upper loop, and the through-holes made by the laser punching device are filled with the above-mentioned inkjet-type conductor layer forming device. The conductor 賫 forms a through-hole electrode. In order to uniformize the fine unevenness generated on the ceramic adhesive liquid, insulating resin paste, and conductor 逑 of the upper film layer, and to ensure flatness, The layer is uniformized to improve the lamination accuracy. It is best to press the top of the layer at the appropriate time when a thin film layer is formed each time. To this end, an additional hot plate is set on the above path of the upper substrate movement. A dummy crimping device composed of a roller and the like. Furthermore, as described above, if a hot plate is used for the dummy crimping device, the drying device and the dummy crimping device can be used at the same time. In addition, the operation timing of the dummy crimping device is also However, each time a layer is formed, please read the precautions of Sj first. Page IIIIIIII Ordering the ceramics on the outside of the printing plate printed on the plate by the consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Mining and Economics. Cheng Qianyin, a kind of person from Fu Hezhong who touched the task of security and protection, is indeed an intermediate energy structure, which is concave. When the body is moving, it has a layered chamber and a film. In the middle of the complex, the thin back layer is formed. The good layer is extremely false. When the electricity is to be installed or when the shape is required, the fixed moving tree is pressed once and the edge is not false or the aforementioned absolute K. History goes up or the film is as thin as liquid Paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 565864 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Ceramic adhesive, dried resin, The conductor is pressed, and the roller having extremely small adhesiveness on the surface is brought into contact with the adhesive dust-removing roller. Therefore, a ceramic adhesive liquid, an insulating resin paste, and a conductor coated by an inkjet method or the like are used. After being dried by the drying device to a level where it is not sticky, the fine unevenness is evenly and evenly formed by contacting the pressing roller, and the particles detached from the convex part are attached to the pressing roller and removed, and adhere to the pressing roller. The particles Η on the dust collector are removed. In addition, the base plate may be set on a work table such that the base plate reciprocates and moves up and down in a predetermined interval. A plurality of support members are provided above the upper work table, and one or more ceramics are detachably bonded. Insulating layer forming units of liquid or insulating resin, isolayer forming units of spray conductors, and dryer units are mounted on these supporting members, and the substrate is on the insulating layer during one or more reciprocating movements in the above-mentioned section. A thin-film layer having a predetermined conductor pattern is formed, and these processes are repeated to form a laminate. The above-mentioned insulating layer forming unit and conductor layer forming unit adopt a generally known doctor blade method, inkjet method, or roller coating method. However, in order to improve the accuracy corresponding to the densification of the conductor layer and the insulating layer, the conductor calendar forming unit is preferred. The inkjet method is adopted, and at least one of the insulating layer forming units is an inkjet method. However, on the portion where the insulating layer is formed on one layer of the thin film layer, the above-mentioned doctor blade method and roller coating method are adopted, that is, the inkjet method and other methods are arbitrarily combined. When the above-mentioned conductor layer forming unit adopts the inkjet method, it can also be used. -9- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -------- Order --- ------ Wire (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 565864 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention () Units form through-hole electrodes that connect the conductor layers of the upper and lower film layers. That is, it is possible to manufacture a laminated body for an inductor having a through-hole electrode. In addition, the upper through-hole electrode can be punched through the insulating layer of the thin film layer as usual, and the through-hole can be filled with a conductive microphone. In this case, a laser drilling method is preferably used as a drilling device. Specifically, it further has a configuration in which a laser drilling device for detachably mounting a through-hole in the insulating layer is mounted. In addition, in order to uniformly ensure the unevenness of the micro-ffl unevenness generated on the ceramic adhesive liquid of the thin film layer and the insulating resin paste, the uniformity of the lamination is improved to improve the lamination accuracy. When appropriate, such as a thin film layer, press the top of the layer. For this purpose, it is further provided with a structure for detachably mounting a dummy crimping device for pressing the above-mentioned film layer at an appropriate time. This dummy crimping unit is provided with a hot plate, a roller, and the like. In the case of using the dummy crimping unit with this hot plate, the above-mentioned dryer unit functions as well, so the dryer unit can be omitted. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. In addition, the working timing of the dummy coupling unit can also be that each time a single film layer is formed or each time a multiple film layer is formed, the substrate that is further reciprocated moves forward each time. Either one of the hour or the mobile time. Further, in order to check the insulation layer formed by the above-mentioned insulation layer forming unit and the conductor layer forming unit, and the accuracy of the completion of the conductor layer, a CCD camera unit needs to be provided. In other words, a CCD camera unit is detachably mounted to detect the state of the upper film layer and perform imaging. Using this camera unit, the table of the formed film calendar at an appropriate time-10- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 565864 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (1) The camera is imaged, and the image processing is performed to detect whether there is a defective state such as a pinhole of the insulating layer or a disconnection of the conductor layer caused by the blockage of the nozzle hole of the inkjet nozzle. In addition, a rotary drum may be provided by rotating a polygonal rotary drum that cuts a flat working surface that is continuous with Burma on the outer periphery. A rotary drum may be installed on the outer periphery of the rotary drum. A film supply mechanism for laying a film on the concrete surface. When the rotary drum is stopped, the working surface facing the working surface is provided with one or more insulating layers that discharge ceramic bonding liquid or insulating resin. A device for forming a conductor layer by spraying a conductor material with an inkjet method and a drying device for drying the upper adhesive liquid and the conductor. During each rotation of the rotary drum, the carrier film on the surface is insulated. At least one thin film layer in which a predetermined conductor pattern is arranged is formed on the layer, and a laminated body is formed by repeating such a rotation operation. That is, it is characterized in that a work table is formed on the work surface on the outer periphery of each rotating drum that rotates intermittently, and a laminated body is formed by forming or drying a solid insulating layer and / or a conductor layer on each work table. In addition, the carrier film laid on each work surface reliably maintains the laminated state of the thin film layer. On the upper drum, in order to closely contact the upper carrier film with each of its working surfaces, it is preferable to provide suction holes for vacuum suction from the inside of the working surface of the rotating drum. The carrier film is adsorbed and held on the work surface. In addition, in order to increase the manufacturing speed of the thin film layer, in other words, to reduce the time required for the rotary drum to rotate once, after forming the insulating layer or the conductor layer, -1 1- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 X 297 mm) — — — — — I — — — — — — — — 111 — — ill — — — — — — (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 565864 A7 B7 V. Invention Explanation () It is best to immediately dry the upper surfaces of these layers, and directly arrange the above-mentioned drying devices on the working tables behind the above-mentioned insulation layer forming device or conductor layer forming device, respectively. The drying device may be any one of heating, warm air, light irradiation, laser irradiation, or a hot-plate compression method that also uses a dummy crimping device or a crimping device (true crimping) described later. A semi-hardened state in which the upper insulating layer and the conductive layer are not adhered. The upper insulation layer forming device adopts a conventionally known doctor blade method, inkjet method, or roller coating method. However, it is preferable that at least 1 of them adopt an inkjet method on a work table that improves the accuracy corresponding to the densification of the insulation layer. . However, for the part where the insulation calendar is formed on one layer of the thin film layer, the above-mentioned doctor blade method and roller coating method can also be adopted, that is, the ink jet method and other methods can be arbitrarily combined. When the insulating layer forming device and the conductive layer forming device are inkjet systems, it is important to control the position of the inkjet nozzle. When the conductor layer forming device starts working on each work surface, the device attaches a reference mark on the carrier film, and is disposed opposite to a work table on which the conductor layer forming device and an ink-jet-type insulating layer forming device are arranged. c CD camera,

經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 述 ,裝 薄 上時接 下 定層壓 上 決緣假。接 理。絕的化連 處置成層勻成 像位形緣均形 圖的式絕行要 行置方述進需 進裝墨上地 , 記成嗔壓坦時 標形用按平體 準層置設面應2-基緣裝配上感-1 逑涵成上的於 上述形台層用 的上層業緣體 取和緣作絕層 攝置絕的對叠 機裝述面夠在 像成上後能 , 攝形,此此外 該層又在因此 由體 好, 經導 最置 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 Α7 Β7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明() 膜層的導體層(電極層)的通孔電極。 因為上述導體層形成裝置是噴墨方式的,所Μ也可K 用該導體層形成裝置形成通孔電極。即最好上述導體層形 成裝置用噴墨方式在上逑導體圖案上噴射導體膏形成通孔 電極。這時,也可Κ在同一個作業台.上配置導體層形成裝 置和絕緣層形成裝置,用絕緣層形成裝置在導體層形成裝 置所形成的電極層之間充填陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂膏形成 絕緣層。 又,為了在上述薄膜層的陶瓷粘合液、絕緣樹脂膏、 導體裔上產生的微细的凹凸不平進行均勻化確保平坦性, 對叠層進行均勻化,提高叠層精度,最好按壓薄膜層的上 面。為此,在上述旋轉鼓的1個作業台上,配設在叠層上 述薄膜層的適當時候按壓上面的追加的假壓接裝置。 此外,假壓接裝置的工作定時也可Κ是每次形成1層 薄膜層時,或每次形成多層薄膜層時等中的任何一個。 進一步,藉使旋轉鼓以規定數旋轉在各作業面上形成 絕緣層後,需要從旋轉鼓回收該叠層體。為此,在上逑旋 轉鼓的上述作業台上,配設可在每個作業面上切斷上述載 體膜,分斷叠層體的切斷装置,並且在下一個作業台上, 配設可回收分斷後的上述叠層體的叠層體回收機構。 而且,在上述切斷裝置和叠層體回收機構的良好配置 中,切斷裝置是配置有上述假壓接裝置的作業台的下一個 作業台,叠層體回收機構是上逑旋轉鼓的作業面停止在最 下端的作業台。 -13- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)The Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed a description, and when it was thin, it was fixed on top of it. Take over. Distinct chemical treatments are processed into layers to form a uniform shape of the edge and the shape of the homogeneous map. The method must be placed on the ground and recorded on the ink. Record it as a time scale. The surface should be 2-level. Margin assembly Sense-1 The upper layer of the upper layer used for the above-mentioned platform and the margin for the insulting and insolation of the stacking machine installation surface is enough to be able to take shape after the image is taken. In addition, this layer is in good condition. The paper size of the guide is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). 565864 Α7 Β7 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs () The through-hole electrode of the conductive layer (electrode layer) of the film layer. Since the above-mentioned conductive layer forming device is an inkjet method, it is also possible to form a through-hole electrode using this conductive layer forming device. That is, it is preferable that the above-mentioned conductor layer forming device sprays a conductor paste on the upper conductor pattern by an inkjet method to form a through-hole electrode. At this time, it is also possible to arrange the conductor layer forming device and the insulating layer forming device on the same workbench. The insulating layer forming device is used to fill the electrode layer formed by the conductor layer forming device with a ceramic adhesive solution or an insulating resin paste. Insulation. In addition, in order to uniformize the fine unevenness generated in the ceramic adhesive liquid, insulating resin paste, and conductors of the thin film layer to ensure flatness, uniformize the lamination, and improve the lamination accuracy, it is best to press the thin film layer. Above. For this purpose, an additional dummy crimping device is arranged on one of the working tables of the rotary drum to laminate the film layer at an appropriate time. In addition, the operation timing of the dummy crimping device may be any one of when a single thin film layer is formed, or when a multiple thin film layer is formed each time. Furthermore, after forming an insulating layer on each work surface by rotating the rotary drum by a predetermined number, it is necessary to recover the laminated body from the rotary drum. For this purpose, a cutting device capable of cutting the carrier film on each working surface and cutting the laminated body is provided on the above-mentioned working table of the upper drum, and a recyclable device is provided on the next working table. The laminated body recovery mechanism of the divided laminated body. Furthermore, in a good arrangement of the cutting device and the laminated body recovery mechanism, the cutting device is the next working table on which the above-mentioned dummy crimping device is arranged, and the laminated body recovery mechanism is a work of the upper rotary drum. Stop at the bottom of the work surface. -13- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 一 _B7__ 五、發明說明() 又,也可K在作業台上方,可K出入地分別設置吐出 陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂資的絕緣層形成裝置,用噴墨方式 噴射導體齎的導體層形成裝置和使上述粘合液、導體資乾 燥的乾燥裝置,通過使上述絕緣層形成裝置,乾燥裝置和 導體層形成裝置出入作業台上方,在作業台上在絕緣層上 形成配設有規定導體圖案的薄膜層,通過反復使這個絕緣 層形成裝置,乾燥裝置和導體層形成裝置進行出入形成由 規定薄膜層構成的叠層體。 即,它的特徵是使作業台為定置式,在這個作業台上 方出入的絕緣層形成裝置,導體層形成裝置和乾燥裝置在 作業台上形成絕緣層,在這個絕緣層上形成導體層,對絕 緣層和導體層進行乾燥,反復進行這些過程在定置式作業 台上叠層叠層體。 上述乾燥裝置可K是加熱或溫風方式,光照射方式, 激光照射方式或熱板壓接方式等中的任何一種方式,使上 述絕緣層,導體層呈不沾手的半硬化狀態。 又,絕緣層形成裝置,導體層形成裝置採用一般市場 上出售的刮刀方式,噴墨方式或滾筒塗在方式等,但是為 了與導體層和絕緣層的緻密化相對應提高精度,最好採用 噴墨方式。 進一步,當在絕緣層上通過形成導體層,形成1層薄 膜層時,在這些電極層之間產生凹嵌部分,損害了薄膜層 的平坦性,當叠層這些薄膜層時由於上述凹嵌部分產生空 隙,成為在燒结後的電子部件上發生空隙的原因。為了確 -14- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ill —--— I! i! til!---. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 保上述絕緣層的平坦性,必須用絕緣層填平上逑凹嵌部分 ,為此,上述絕緣層形成裝置用噴墨方式在由導體層形成 裝置形成的電極層之間充填陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂膏。 又,也可K用噴墨方式噴射陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂資 形成具有通孔的絕緣層,並且在從由.噴墨方式構成的導體 層形成裝置噴射在這個通孔中的導體膏上,形成導體圖案 和在這個通孔中形成的通孔電極。這樣做時,不需要另外 的打孔裝置,這對於減少設備成本和設備的佔有面積都十 分有利。 當然,對於在薄膜層的一層上全面地形成絕緣層的部 分,也可以任意地採用上述刮刀方式,噴墨方式或滾筒塗 佈方式,這時,用激光打孔裝置在絕緣層上打出通孔,在 由噴墨方式構成的導體層形成裝置噴射在這個通孔中的導 體賫上形成通孔電極。 而且,將絕緣層形成裝置,乾煉裝置,導體層形成裝 置和激光打孔裝置集合在上逑作業台的周圍,對減小設置 .空間是有利的。 這時,它具有在假定使作桊台上的四方面都開放的情 形中,從各個開放部分絕緣層形成裝置,乾燥裝置,導體 層形成裝置和激光打孔裝置可K單獨地出入作業台上方的 構成,當不需要激光打孔裝置時,它具有絕緣層形成裝置 ,乾燥裝置和導體層形成裝置可K從三個方面分別單獨地 出入作業台上方的構成,假定只開放在作業台上方的二個 方面時,可K在二個方面分散地並且前後或左右並設地設 -15- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂---------線 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 置絕緣層形成裝置,乾燥裝置,導體層形成裝置和激光打 孔裝置,這些裝置可K獨立地出入作業台的上方。即,根 據作業台上的開放部分的佈局,設定各裝置的設置方案。 又,當設置每次形成1個〜多個薄膜層時按壓這些薄 膜層的假壓接裝置時,對於均勻在薄,膜層上面產生的微细 的凹凸不平,提高各薄膜層的緊密接著性都是很有效的。 藉假壓接均勻在薄膜層上面產生的微细的凹凸不平, 能夠得到好的平坦度和水平度的絕緣層和導體曆K及各薄 膜層,就能夠預先防止真壓接時叠層體形狀崩潰等。 又,假壓接裝置工作的假壓接定時也可Μ是每次形成 1層薄膜層時,或每次形成多層薄膜層時中的任何一個。 而且,當確保在作業台上方在與這假作業台之間用於 叠層上述薄膜層的空間那樣地設置這個假壓接裝置時,可 以說對裝置的小型化是很有利的。 而且,壓接裝置的良好的具體構成是能夠在可Μ上下 移動地進行控制的壓板上加上規定的輕壓力,在左右方向 .上往復移動的按壓滾筒上加上規定的輕壓力的構造等。 而且,作為在假壓接後,進行真壓接的裝置是在作業 台上方設置壓接裝置,並且使吐出陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂 資的絕緣層形成裝置,用噴墨方式噴射導體膏的導體層形 成裝置,和使上逑粘合液、導體膏乾燥的乾燥裝置,可Μ 在各作業台與壓接裝置之間出入地設置這些裝置。 當使該絕緣層形成装置,乾燥裝置和導體層形成裝置 後退時,至少設置使作業台上方的用於叠層的空間不與空 -16- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------1------訂---------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 _____ B7 五、發明說明() «連通的遮斷裝置和至少設置使用於叠層的空間内形成真 空氣氛的真空裝置。 每次反復使上述絕緣層形成裝置,乾燥裝置和導體層 形成裝置出入,形成所要數目的薄膜層時用壓接裝置進行 假壓接,在規定薄膜層數假壓接叠層.體和用遮斷裝置閉塞 上述用於叠層的空間,一面使真空裝置工作,一面對這個 叠層體進行真壓接是很有效的。 該壓接裝置也可以具有假壓接時和真壓接時兼用的構 造,也可以分別嫿配設壓接時的壓接裝置和真壓接時的壓 接裝置。在分別設置時,例如假壓接裝置採用可出入於叠 層的空間而往復移動的按壓滾筒式,真壓接裝置採用壓板 按壓式。在兼用時,其一例為壓板按壓式。 真壓接的目的是如上所述藉排除殘留在絕緣層的電極 層之間的空氣,使各層固定。 為此,如上所逑,每次形成1個〜多個薄膜層時用壓 接裝置進行假壓接,形成規定簿膜曆數的叠層體後,用遮 .斷装置閉塞作業台上方的叠層用空間,.一面使風扇等真空 裝置工作,一面用規定的加壓力真壓接叠層體。 上述遮斷装置,可為上下滑動式的窗,閘門等。 上述壓接裝置不限定於壓板,也可K是如上述之往復 移動的按壓滾筒。為了在假壓接和真壓接中加上不同的壓 力,在按壓滾筒的場合,可以控制上下移動地支持這個按 壓滾筒的傳動裝置,最好使用可以改變所加壓力的傳動裝 置0 -17- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------^---------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 Α7 Β7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明() 又,為了成為製造目的的叠層體是由交替地叠層絕緣 曆和導體層到規定數的薄膜層形成的,可Μ控制上下移動 地構成如上面詳细地記述的作業台或絕緣層形成裝置,導 體層形成裝置和乾烽裝置,並進行相對配置。在與作業台 相對時,每次吐出(噴射)陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂資時和每 次噴射導體齑時,下降到規定量,在與絕緣曆形成裝置, 導體層形成裝置和乾燥裝置相對的情形中,同樣每次吐出 (噴射)陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂《時和每次嗔射導體膏時, 上升到規定量那樣地進行控制。 而且,它是備有使綞緣片重叠的絕緣片叠層裝置,在 絕緣片上噴射導體爱的導體層形成裝置,將陶瓷粘合液或 絕緣樹脂資噴射在同一個絕緣片上的絕緣層形成裝置的叠 層體製造裝置,也可以藉反復使用上述各裝置,在多層絕 緣片的各絕緣片之間形成具有配設有規定導體圖案的薄膜 層的叠層體。 即,它的特徼是並設1個或必需的最少個絕緣層形成 .裝置和導體層形成裝置,使基盤在配設了這些裝置的直線 狀的區間路徑上往復移動,並且在這個往前移動和回復移 動時的各工序中能夠有效地進行規定的作業。 上述絕緣層形成裝置採用一般習知的刮刀方式,噴墨 方式或滾筒塗佈方式等,但是為了與綞緣層的致密化相對 應提高精度,最好採用噴墨方式。 又,也可Κ使基盤可Κ在直線狀的規定區間路徑上往 復移動和上下移動地設置基盤,並且在這條區間路徑上, -1 8 - (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再 -11 本頁) &gt;5J· 線· 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 Α7 __ Β7 五、發明說明() 分別並設1個或多個上逑導體層形成装置和上述絕緣層形 成裝置,上逑基盤在上逑區間路徑上1次或多次往復移動 期間,由上述絕緣片叠層裝置供給絕緣片,由上逑導體層 形成裝置和上述絕緣層形成裝置在這個絕緣片上形成配設 有規定導體圖案的薄膜層,通過反復.進行這些過程形成叠 層體。 而且,也可K上逑導體層形成裝置是噴射導體爱的導 體層形成單元,並且上述絕緣層形成裝置是吐出陶瓷粘合 液或絕缘樹脂膏的絕緣層形成單元,使基盤在規定區間中 可K回移動和上下移動地將基盤設置在作業台上,在上述 作業台上方並設多涸支持部件,並且分別可装卸地將1個 或多個上逑絕緣層形成單元和上述導體層形成單元安装在 這些支持部件上。 又,也可Μ使通過對外周上連鑕的平坦作業面進行區 *劃的多角形狀的旋轉鼓間敗地旋轉那樣地設置旋轉鼓,在 上述旋轉鼓的停止狀態中在對著上述作業面的作業台上, .分別配設1個或多個上逑絕緣片叠層裝置,上述絕緣層形 成裝置,和上述導體層形成裝置,當上逑旋轉鼓每次旋轉 時,在由上述絕緣片叠層裝置供給的上逑作業面的絕緣片 上,至少形成配設有規定導體圖案的1層薄膜層,並且通 過反復進行這個旋轉動作形成叠層體。此外,如果在上述 旋轉鼓的作業面上設置從內部進行真空吸引的吸附孔,經 由該吸附孔將絕緣片吸附地保持在作業面上,則能夠使上 述載體膜Μ緊張狀態與各作業面密切接著。 -19- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------It--------- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 進一步,也可K具有通過應使上述絕緣片叠層裝置, 上逑絕緣層形成裝置和上述導體層形成裝置在基盤上方分 別出入地設置這些裝置,使這些絕緣片叠層裝置,絕緣層 形成裝置和導體層形成裝置在基盤上方出入,在基盤上在 絕緣Η上形成配設有規定導體圖案的薄膜層,藉反復使這 些各裝置進行出入,形成叠層體的構成。 又,在上述之任一個發明中,如果備有在使絕緣片重 合的適當時候按壓絕緣片上面的按壓裝置,則因為用按壓 裝置按壓絕緣Μ的上面,所Κ藉由使絕緣片上面平坦化提 高了下一個薄膜層的叠層精度,同時由於提高絕緣片和薄 膜層的緊密接著性,使各層均質一體化,能夠提供高品質 的叠層體。 而且,也可Κ在基盤上方設置當使絕緣Η重合的適當 時候按壓絕緣片上面的按壓裝置,並且分別應使上述絕緣 片叠層裝置,上逑導體層形成裝置和上逑絕緣層形成裝置 在基盤上方出入地設置這些裝置,當使這些絕緣片叠層装 置,導體層形成装置,和絕緣層形成裝置後退時,至少設 置使基盤上方的用於叠層的空間不與空氣連通的遮斷裝置 和至少設置使用於叠層的空間內形成真空氣氛的真空裝置 ,一面用上述遮斷裝置閉塞上述用於叠層的空間使真空裝 置工作,一面用上述按壓裝置按壓經由反復使上述絕緣片 叠層裝置,絕緣層形成裝置,和導體層形成裝置出入形成 的叠層體。 作為絕緣樹脂賫,可列舉環氧樹脂、聚酰亞胺樹脂等。 -20- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂: -線· 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 此外,上述陶瓷粘合液,作為玻璃復合材料,使用將 在形成硼矽酸玻璃的物質中加入摻雜物質(例如,MgO, CaO, Al2〇3,K20, ZnO等)得到的玻璃粉末和氧化鋁, 多鋁紅柱石,堇青石,石英等陶瓷的混合物作為原料,作 為结晶化玻璃材料,使用堇青石糸,cx鋰輝石等的结晶化 玻璃分末構成的原料。 又,在用於導體圖案的導體齎中,使用例如鋦系的導 體材料,或鎢W,鉬Mo,錳Μη等,在用於通孔電極的導體 螢中,使用導體電阻小的銀系的導體材料,例如,銀,銀 -鈀,銀白金,銀-鈀-白金等。 此外,電阻圖案的導體W崤抚使用碳、碳-銀等。 此外,夺上述陶瓷粘合液,絕緣樹脂賫,導體膏的材 料中,也可以含有由光照促進乾燥的光硬化材料。 〈具體實施形態〉 下面,根據附圖說明本發明的實施形態。 Κ下說明本發明的實施形態,在該實施形態中,說明 .作為叠層型電子部件的叠層型電容器、叠層型感應器的情 況0 即,示出製造叠層型電容器,叠層型感應器的製造裝 置,製造過程是反復進行以下工序,由絕緣層形成裝置塗 佈陶瓷粘合劑,在該絕緣層上用導體用形成裝置配設電極 圖案形成薄膜層。 玆依第1圖〜第17圖所示的叠層體製造裝置說明第i 發明。第1圖表示製造裝置的概要,將裝置配設在圖中未 -2 1 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 A7 B7_ 五、發明說明() 示出的的機殻內,可K往復移動地將可動台2載設在直線 狀水平配置的導軌1上,並且由可Μ上下移動的不銹鋼製 的基盤3構成可動台2的上面部分,由上述導軌1形成基 盤3往復移動的區間路徑la。 區間路徑la是具有與基盤3的寬.度大致栢同的寬度的 直線路徑,在其上部並設作為絕緣層形成裝置C的刮刀和 噴墨噴嘴等,作為導體層彤成裝置E的噴墨噴嘴,作為乾 燥裝置L的熱照射裝置,光熱照射裝置等,進一步適當地 並設追加的激光打孔裝置P和假壓接裝置。 這個區間路徑la的長度約為1 ·5〜2in 〇 利用圖中未示出的伺服馬達、脉衝馬達、步進馬達等 驅動源和由其旋轉的螺桿軸,使可動台2沿上述區間路徑 la的長方向(X方向)往復移動,從而使基盤3沿上逑區間 路徑la移動,由控制器對其移動方向和速度進行控制。 又,同時利用伺服馬達、脉衝馬達、步進馬達等驅動 源和由其旋轉的螺桿釉,使基盤3上下移動,由控制器與 叠層工序相應地對這個上下移動進行控制,使基盤3順次 地下降。 沿横截上逑區間路徑la的方向K微小的間隔並設多個 噴嘴作為上述絕緣層形成裝置C和導體層形成裝置E的噴 墨噴嘴,又,沿區間路徑la的横截方向也並設乾燥裝置L。 第2圖是第1發明的第1實施例,表示用於感應器的 叠層體A1的製造装置,它具有在區間路徑la的大致中央部 分配設作為乾燥裝置的光照射裝置L,從分別配置在它兩 一 一 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項δ寫本頁) I!裝Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 _B7__ 5. Description of the invention () In addition, it can also be formed above the work table, and can be installed in and out of the insulating layer to discharge ceramic adhesive liquid or insulating resin materials. A device for spraying the conductor layer of the conductor 赍 by an inkjet method and a drying device for drying the adhesive solution and the conductor material. By passing the insulating layer forming device, the drying device and the conductor layer forming device in and out of the workbench, A film layer provided with a predetermined conductor pattern is formed on the insulating layer on the stage, and this insulating layer forming device, a drying device, and a conductor layer forming device are repeatedly used to form a laminated body composed of the predetermined film layer. That is, it is characterized in that the working table is a fixed type, and an insulating layer forming device which enters and exits above the working table, a conductive layer forming device and a drying device form an insulating layer on the working table, and a conductive layer is formed on this insulating layer. The insulating layer and the conductor layer are dried, and these processes are repeated, and the laminate is laminated on a stationary work table. The drying device K may be any one of a heating or warm air method, a light irradiation method, a laser irradiation method, or a hot-plate crimping method, so that the insulating layer and the conductor layer are in a semi-hardened state without being touched by hands. In addition, the insulating layer forming device and the conductive layer forming device are generally marketed by a doctor blade method, an inkjet method, or a roller coating method. However, in order to improve the accuracy corresponding to the densification of the conductive layer and the insulating layer, it is best to use a spraying method. Ink way. Furthermore, when a conductor layer is formed on the insulating layer to form a thin film layer, a recessed portion is generated between these electrode layers, and the flatness of the thin film layer is impaired. When these thin film layers are laminated, the recessed portion is caused by the aforementioned recessed portion. The generation of voids causes the occurrence of voids in the sintered electronic component. In order to confirm -14- this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ill —-— I! I! Til! ---. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () To ensure the flatness of the above-mentioned insulating layer, it is necessary to fill the concave recessed portion with the insulating layer. The inkjet method is used to fill a ceramic bonding solution or an insulating resin paste between electrode layers formed by a conductor layer forming device. In addition, it is also possible to spray a ceramic adhesive liquid or an insulating resin material by an inkjet method to form an insulating layer having a through hole, and spray the conductor paste in the through hole from a conductor layer forming device constituted by the inkjet method. To form a conductor pattern and a via electrode formed in this via. In doing so, no additional punching device is required, which is extremely beneficial for reducing equipment costs and equipment footprint. Of course, for the part where the insulating layer is completely formed on one layer of the thin film layer, the above-mentioned doctor blade method, inkjet method or roller coating method can also be arbitrarily used. At this time, a laser drilling device is used to punch through holes in the insulating layer. A via hole electrode is formed by spraying a conductor layer formed in the via hole on a conductor layer forming device constituted by an inkjet method. Moreover, it is advantageous to reduce the installation space by integrating the insulating layer forming device, the dry-refining device, the conductor layer forming device, and the laser drilling device around the upper work table. At this time, it is assumed that the insulation layer forming device, the drying device, the conductor layer forming device, and the laser drilling device can be individually accessed from above the work table in a case where all four sides of the work platform are opened. Structure, when a laser drilling device is not needed, it has an insulation layer forming device, a drying device and a conductor layer forming device that can be separately accessed from above the workbench from three aspects, assuming that only two In this aspect, K can be dispersed in two aspects and set up side by side or side by side. -15- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back first) (Fill in this page again) Order --------- Line 565864 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Insulation layer forming device, drying device, conductor layer forming device and laser Hole punching device, these devices can independently enter and exit above the workbench. That is, an arrangement plan of each device is set according to the layout of the open portion on the workbench. In addition, when a dummy crimping device for pressing one or more thin film layers is provided each time, the fine unevenness generated on the thin and thin film layers is uniform, and the adhesion of each thin film layer is improved. Is very effective. The fine unevenness generated on the film layer by false crimping can obtain a good flatness and levelness of the insulating layer and conductor calendar K and each film layer, so that the shape of the laminated body can be prevented from collapsing during true crimping in advance. Wait. In addition, the dummy crimping timing at which the dummy crimping device operates may be any one of forming a thin film layer each time, or forming a plurality of thin film layers each time. In addition, when the dummy crimping device is provided in such a manner that a space for laminating the above-mentioned film layer is secured between the dummy work table and the dummy work table, it can be said that it is advantageous for miniaturization of the device. In addition, a good specific structure of the crimping device is a structure capable of applying a predetermined light pressure on a pressure plate that can be controlled to move up and down, and a structure that applies a predetermined light pressure to a pressing roller that reciprocates in the left and right directions. . In addition, as a device for performing true crimping after the false crimping, a crimping device is provided above the work table, and an insulating layer forming device for discharging a ceramic adhesive liquid or an insulating resin material is used to spray the conductor paste by an inkjet method. The conductor layer forming device and the drying device for drying the upper adhesive liquid and the conductor paste can be installed between each workbench and the crimping device. When the insulation layer forming device, the drying device and the conductor layer forming device are retracted, at least the space for lamination above the work table is not at least -16- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 X 297 mm) ------------- 1 ------ Order --------- line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 _____ B7 V. Description of the invention () «Interconnecting interrupting device and at least a vacuum device used to form a vacuum atmosphere in the laminated space. Each time the above-mentioned insulating layer forming device, drying device and conductor layer forming device are repeatedly entered and exited, a crimping device is used to perform false crimping when a desired number of thin film layers are formed, and false crimping is laminated at a predetermined number of film layers. The breaking device closes the above-mentioned space for the lamination, and while the vacuum device is operating, it is very effective to perform true compression bonding to the laminated body. The crimping device may have a structure that is used in both false crimping and true crimping, or may be separately provided with a crimping device in crimping and a crimping device in true crimping. In the case of separate installation, for example, the dummy crimping device adopts a pressing roller type which can reciprocate in and out of the space of the stack, and the true crimping device uses a pressure plate type. In the case of dual use, one example is a pressure plate press type. The purpose of true crimping is to fix the layers by removing air remaining between the electrode layers of the insulating layer as described above. For this reason, as described above, each time when one to a plurality of thin film layers are formed, a dummy crimping is performed with a crimping device to form a laminate having a predetermined number of film durations, and then the stack above the work table is blocked by a blocking device. With the space, while the vacuum device such as a fan is operating, the laminated body is really pressure-bonded with a predetermined pressure. The blocking device may be a sliding window, a shutter, or the like. The pressure-bonding device is not limited to the pressure plate, and K may be a pressing roller that reciprocates as described above. In order to add different pressure to the false crimping and true crimping, when the roller is pressed, the transmission device that supports the pressing roller can be controlled to move up and down. It is best to use a transmission device that can change the applied pressure. 0 -17- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -------- ^ --------- line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) 565864 Α7 Β7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () In addition, the laminated body for manufacturing purposes is formed by alternately laminating insulating calendars and conductor layers to a predetermined number of thin film layers. The worktable or the insulating layer forming device, the conductor layer forming device, and the drying device as described in detail above can be controlled to move up and down, and are relatively arranged. When it is opposed to the work table, it is lowered to a predetermined amount each time the ceramic adhesive liquid or insulating resin material is ejected (sprayed) and each time the conductor is sprayed. It is opposite to the insulation calendar forming device, conductor layer forming device, and drying device. In the case of the same method, control is performed such that the ceramic adhesive liquid or the insulating resin is ejected (sprayed) every time and each time the conductor paste is ejected, and raised to a predetermined amount. In addition, it is an insulating layer laminating device provided with overlapping edge sheets, a conductive layer forming device for spraying conductors on the insulating sheet, and an insulating layer forming device for spraying ceramic adhesive liquid or insulating resin materials on the same insulating sheet. By repeatedly using the above-mentioned devices, a laminated body manufacturing device may be used to form a laminated body having a thin film layer provided with a predetermined conductor pattern between each of the insulating sheets of the multilayer insulating sheet. That is, its special feature is to form one or a minimum number of insulating layers in parallel. The device and the conductor layer forming device make the base plate reciprocate on a linear section path provided with these devices, and move forward. A predetermined operation can be efficiently performed in each step during the movement and the return movement. The above-mentioned insulating layer forming apparatus employs a conventionally known doctor blade method, inkjet method, or roller coating method, but in order to improve the accuracy corresponding to the densification of the edge layer, the inkjet method is preferably used. In addition, the base plate can also be set to reciprocate and move up and down on a linear predetermined section path, and on this section path, -1 8-(Please read the precautions on the back before -11 Page) &gt; 5J · line · This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau Employee Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 Α_ _7 B7. During the one or more top conductor layer forming devices and the above-mentioned insulation layer forming device, during the one or more reciprocating movements of the top substrate on the path of the top section, the insulating sheet is supplied by the above-mentioned insulating sheet laminating device, and the top sheet is provided by the top sheet. The conductor layer forming device and the above-mentioned insulating layer forming device form a thin film layer provided with a predetermined conductor pattern on this insulating sheet, and repeat these processes to form a laminated body. In addition, the upper conductor layer forming device may be a conductor layer forming unit that sprays a conductor, and the above-mentioned insulating layer forming device is an insulating layer forming unit that discharges a ceramic adhesive liquid or an insulating resin paste, so that the substrate can be used in a predetermined interval. The base plate is set on the work table in K-movement and up-and-down movement, and a plurality of support members are arranged above the work table, and one or more upper insulation layer forming units and the above-mentioned conductor layer forming units are detachably detachable. Mounted on these support parts. In addition, a rotary drum may be provided such that a polygonal rotary drum that is divided into flat areas on the outer peripheral surface is rotated in a discontinuous manner. When the rotary drum is stopped, the rotary drum may be operated against the operating surface. On the stage, one or more upper insulation sheet lamination devices, the above-mentioned insulation layer forming device, and the above-mentioned conductor layer forming device are respectively provided, and each time the upper drum is rotated, the above-mentioned insulation sheet is laminated. At least one thin-film layer provided with a predetermined conductor pattern is formed on the insulating sheet of the upper work surface supplied by the device, and a laminated body is formed by repeating this rotation operation. In addition, if a suction hole for vacuum suction is provided from the inside of the work surface of the rotary drum, and the insulating sheet is held on the work surface through the suction hole, the tension state of the carrier film M can be made close to each work surface. then. -19- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------- It --------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this Page) 565864 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Further, it is also possible to have the above-mentioned insulating sheet lamination device, the upper insulation layer forming device and the above-mentioned conductor layer forming device These devices are installed above and below the base plate, respectively, so that these insulating sheet lamination devices, insulation layer forming devices and conductor layer forming devices come in and out above the base plate, and a thin film layer provided with a predetermined conductor pattern is formed on the insulation plate on the base plate. These devices are repeatedly put in and out to form a laminated body. Further, in any of the above inventions, if a pressing device for pressing the upper surface of the insulating sheet when the insulating sheets are overlapped is provided, since the upper surface of the insulating sheet is pressed by the pressing device, the upper surface of the insulating sheet is flattened. The accuracy of lamination of the next thin film layer is improved. At the same time, due to the improved adhesion between the insulating sheet and the thin film layer, the layers are homogeneously integrated to provide a high-quality laminated body. Furthermore, it is also possible to provide a pressing device on the base plate for pressing the insulating sheet when the insulating sheets are overlapped when appropriate. The insulating sheet stacking device, the upper conductor layer forming device, and the upper insulating layer forming device should be respectively placed on the substrate. These devices are installed above and below the substrate, and when these insulating sheet stacking devices, conductor layer forming devices, and insulating layer forming devices are retracted, at least blocking devices are provided to prevent the space for stacking above the substrate from communicating with the air. And at least a vacuum device used to form a vacuum atmosphere in the space for lamination, while the above-mentioned blocking device is used to close the space for lamination to operate the vacuum device, while pressing by the pressing device, the insulating sheet is repeatedly laminated Device, an insulating layer forming device, and a conductor layer forming device which are formed in and out of a laminated body. Examples of the insulating resin 賫 include epoxy resin and polyimide resin. -20- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Order: -line · 565864 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Consumption Cooperative Preparation A7 B7 V. Explanation of the invention () In addition, as the glass composite material, a doping substance (for example, MgO, CaO, Al203, K20, etc.) is used as a glass composite material. ZnO, etc.) is a mixture of glass powder and ceramics such as alumina, mullite, cordierite, and quartz as raw materials. As the crystallized glass material, crystallized glass such as cordierite gadolinium, cx hectorite, etc. raw material. In addition, for the conductor 赍 used for the conductor pattern, for example, a rhenium-based conductor material, tungsten W, molybdenum Mo, manganese Mn, or the like is used, and for a conductor fluorescent used for a via electrode, a silver-based material having a small conductor resistance is used. The conductor material is, for example, silver, silver-palladium, silver platinum, silver-palladium-platinum, and the like. In addition, as the conductor W of the resistance pattern, carbon, carbon-silver, or the like is used. In addition, the materials of the above-mentioned ceramic adhesive solution, insulating resin, and conductor paste may contain a photo-hardening material which promotes drying by light. <Specific Embodiment> Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. The following describes an embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the case of a multilayer capacitor and a multilayer inductor as multilayer electronic components will be described. In the manufacturing apparatus of an inductor, the manufacturing process repeats the following steps. A ceramic adhesive is applied from an insulating layer forming apparatus, and an electrode pattern is formed on the insulating layer using a conductor forming apparatus to form a thin film layer. The i-th invention will be described with reference to the laminated body manufacturing apparatus shown in FIGS. 1 to 17. Figure 1 shows the outline of the manufacturing equipment, and the equipment is arranged in the figure -2 1-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ---------- ---------- Order --------- line (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 565864 A7 B7_ V. Description of the invention () Inside the case shown The movable table 2 is mounted on a linear horizontally arranged guide rail 1 in a reciprocating manner, and an upper portion of the movable table 2 is formed by a stainless steel base plate 3 that can be moved up and down. The base plate 3 is formed by the above-mentioned guide rail 1 and reciprocates. The moving section path la. The section path la is a straight path having a width approximately the same as the width and width of the base plate 3, and a blade, an inkjet nozzle, and the like as the insulating layer forming device C are provided on the upper part thereof, and the inkjet as the conductive layer forming device E is provided. The nozzle, as a thermal irradiation device, a photothermal irradiation device, or the like of the drying device L, is further appropriately provided with an additional laser drilling device P and a dummy crimping device. The length of this section path la is about 1.5 to 2 in. 〇 Driven by a drive source such as a servo motor, pulse motor, stepping motor, etc., and a screw shaft rotated by the drive path, the movable table 2 follows the above section path. The long direction (X direction) of la is reciprocated, so that the base plate 3 is moved along the path of laminar interval la, and the controller controls its moving direction and speed. In addition, the substrate 3 is moved up and down at the same time by using a drive source such as a servo motor, a pulse motor, a stepping motor, and the rotating screw glaze. The controller 3 controls the up and down movement according to the lamination process to make the substrate 3 Fall in order. A plurality of nozzles are arranged at small intervals in the direction K across the 逑 interval path la as inkjet nozzles for the above-mentioned insulating layer forming device C and conductor layer forming device E, and are also provided along the cross direction of the interval path la. Drying device L. Fig. 2 is a first embodiment of the first invention, showing a manufacturing apparatus for a laminated body A1 for a sensor, which has a light irradiation device L disposed as a drying device at approximately the center of the section path la, Configured in two one-by-one paper sizes that apply Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 x 297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back first to write this page) I!

n 1 n n^OJf n ϋ ϋ n n n n I 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明( 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 側的噴墨噴嘴噴射導體資的導體膏噴射裝置E和從噴墨噴 嘴噴射粘合液的钻合疲噴射裝置C的構成。 當基盤3從圖中左側的台4向右側的台5移動時,稱 為往前移動,而向反方向的移動時稱為回復移動,分別表 示光照射裝置L,導體裔噴嘴E和粘合液噴嘴C,塗敷它們 下端部的各部件的工作狀態或當基盤3到達時的工作狀態 。此外,這一點直到下面的第8實施例都是相同的。 在這個第1實施例中,進行第2圖中(a)〜(e)的作業 程序。 在第2圖(a)當基盤3從台4進行最初的往前移動時 ,左側粘合液噴嘴C和光照射裝置L工作,由這個粘合液 噴嘴C噴射陶瓷粘合液在基盤3上形成規定面積的基底絕 緣層10(詳细情況請參照第10圖),然後由光照射裝置L對 該絕緣層10進行乾燥,使它成為不發粘的半硬化狀態(詳 细情況請參照第15圖)。 在第2圖(b)中當進行上述回復移動時,右側粘合液 噴嘴C,導體膏噴嘴E和光照射裝置L工作。 由這個粘合液噴嘴C在除去上述基底絕緣層10上的導 體圖案12a外的區域上噴射陶瓷粘合液形成隔片絕緣層11 (詳细情況請參照第11圖),然後,基盤3在導體資噴嘴E 下通過,由導體膏噴嘴E噴射導體資,在上逑電極圖案 12a上形成電極層12 (詳细情況請參照第12圖)。 此後當基盤3通過光照射裝置L時,使在規定圖案上 形成的上述隔片絕緣層11和電極層12乾燥。 23- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 先 閱 讀 背 Sj 之 注 意 項n 1 nn ^ OJf n ϋ ϋ nnnn I Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy 565864 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the Invention The structure of the device E and the drill-injection device C that sprays the adhesive liquid from the inkjet nozzle. When the substrate 3 is moved from the table 4 on the left to the table 5 on the right, it is referred to as moving forward and moving in the opposite direction. When moving, it is called recovery movement, which indicates the working state of the light irradiation device L, the conductor nozzle E, and the adhesive liquid nozzle C, the parts that coat the lower end of them, or the working state when the substrate 3 arrives. In addition, this point It is the same up to the eighth embodiment below. In this first embodiment, the operation procedures of (a) to (e) in Fig. 2 are performed. In Fig. 2 (a), when the base plate 3 is performed from the stage 4 When moving forward for the first time, the left adhesive liquid nozzle C and the light irradiation device L work, and the adhesive liquid nozzle C sprays the ceramic adhesive liquid to form a base insulating layer 10 of a predetermined area on the substrate 3 (for details, see section Figure 10) and then illuminated by light The insulation layer 10 is dried by placing it in a non-sticky, semi-hardened state (for details, refer to Fig. 15). In Fig. 2 (b), when the above-mentioned return movement is performed, the right adhesive liquid The nozzle C, the conductor paste nozzle E, and the light irradiation device L work. From this adhesive liquid nozzle C, a ceramic adhesive liquid is sprayed on a region excluding the conductive pattern 12a on the base insulating layer 10 to form a spacer insulating layer 11 (detailed (For details, refer to Figure 11). Then, the base plate 3 passes under the conductive material nozzle E, and the conductive material nozzle E sprays the conductive material to form the electrode layer 12 on the upper electrode pattern 12a (for details, refer to Figure 12). After that, when the substrate 3 passes through the light irradiating device L, the above-mentioned spacer insulating layer 11 and electrode layer 12 formed on a predetermined pattern are dried. 23- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 male) %) Read the note of Sj first

Η 頁I I 丽 I I I訂 565864 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 然後在第2圖(c)中當基盤3再次進行往前移動時, 左側粘合液噴嘴C,導體赍噴嘴E和光照射裝置L工作。 由粘合液噴嘴C,在除去上逑隔片絕緣層11和電極層 12上的通孔電極部分14a外的區域上吐出陶瓷粘合液形成 絕緣層13(詳细情況請參照第13圖),·然後,基盤3在導體 膏噴嘴E下通過,由該導體脅噴嘴E噴射導體膏,在上逑 電極圖案14a上形成通孔電極層14 (詳细情況請參照第14 圖)。 而且,上逑工序形成在第2圖(a)中基底絕緣層10 的薄膜層,在該薄膜層上面,基盤3的一次往復的工序形 成在第2圖(b)(c)中由具有通孔電極14的電極層12和由 隔片絕緣層11,絕緣層13構成的薄膜層S1。 此後,通過連缜進行重復上逑第2圖(b)(c)的第2圖 (d)(e)的作業,製造叠層有多個薄膜層S1的感應體用的 β曆體A 1。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再«i寫本頁) « 這個叠層體A1,其中上述薄膜層S1的厚度約為20〜 200/zffi和它的叠層數約為十多層,例如,在裝置的台5上 ,或移動到別的場所受到真壓接,此後經過燒结得到感® 體。 此外,在圖中,在作圖上,在薄膜層S1上只顯示出很 少的導體圖案,但是實際上從叠層體A1可Μ取得多個電感 那樣地在薄膜層S1上形成多個圖案。這一點在下面的實旅 例中也是相同的。 第3圖是第1發明的第2實施例,表示用於電容器的 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 叠層體A2的製造裝置,它具有在區間路徑la的大致中央部 分配設作為乾燥裝置的光照射裝置L,在這個台4 一側只 配置從噴墨噴嘴噴射陶瓷粘合液的粘合液噴嘴C,在另一 側配置從噴墨噴嘴噴射導體麥的導體爱噴嘴E和從噴墨噴 嘴噴射陶瓷粘合液的粘合液噴嘴C的構成。 即,用於電容器的場合,因為不需要上述通孔電極, 所Μ省略了一側的導體資噴嘴E。這個省略的導體膏噴嘴 Ε可Κ卸下但也可Κ照舊配置著但不工作。 在此第2實施例中,進行第3圖中(a)〜(d)的作桊。 在第3圖U)中當基盤3從台4進行最初的往前移動 時,左側粘合液噴嘴C和光照射装置L工作,由這個粘合 液噴嘴C噴射陶瓷粘合液在基盤3上形成規定面積的絕緣 層20,然後由光照射裝置L對該絕緣層2 0進行乾燥。 在第3圖(b)中當上逑基盤3進行回復移動時,右側 粘合液噴嘴C,導體齋噴嘴E和光照射裝置L即開始工作。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 由這個粘合液噴嘴C在上述絕緣層20上的規定區域噴 射陶瓷粘合液形成隔片絕緣曆21,然後,基盤3在導體蕾 噴嘴E下通過,由該導體齎噴嘴E噴射導體膏,在上述隔 片絕緣層21的不塗佈區域形成電極層22。 此後當基盤3通過光照射裝置L時,使在規定圖案上 形成的上述隔片絕緣層21和電極層22乾燥。 然後,在基盤3 —次往復的第3圖(a) (b)中形成由電 極層22和絕緣層21 , 20組成的薄膜餍S2。 此後,連縯重復進行上述第3圖(a)(b)的第3圖(c) -25- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 A7 B7 五 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 、發明說明( (d)的作業,製造出叠層有多個薄膜層S2的用於電容器的 曼餍體A2。 第4圖是第1發明的第3實施例,表示用於感應體的 S層體A3的製造裝置,它具有在區間路徑ia的大致中央部 分及其左右兩側間隔地配設作為乾燥裝置的光照射裝置L, 其一側(台4 一側)的光照射裝置L, L之間配設有粘合液 噴嘴C,在另——側(台5 —側)的光照射裝置L, L之間配設 有導體爱噴嘴E的構成。 在這個第3實施例中,進行第4圖中(a)〜(d)的作 業。 在第4圖(a)中當基盤3從台4進行最初的往前移動 時,粘合液噴嘴C,導體資噴嘴E,中央和右側光照射裝置 L工作。 從粘合液噴嘴C噴射陶瓷粘合液在基盤3上形成規定 面稹的基底絕緣層30,當該基底絕緣層30在中央光照射裝 置L下通過時進行乾烽,然後基底絕緣餍3 0在導體膏噴嘴 E下通過時,從該導體齎噴嘴E嗔射導體資形成由規定導 體圖案構成的電極層32 〇 當這個電極餍32從右側光照射裝置L下通過時進行乾 燥。 在第4圖(b)中當上逑基盤3進行回復移動時,粘合 液噴嘴C和左側光照射裝置L工作。 由這個粘合液噴嘴C,埋入上逑基底絕緣層3 0上的電 極層32之間那樣地噴射陶瓷粘合液形成隔片絕緣層31,當 -26- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項_寫本頁) 訂: 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 該隔片絕緣曆3 1從左側光照射裝置L下通過時進行乾燥。 其次在第4圖(c)中,當基盤3再次往前移動時,粘 合液噴嘴C,導體蕾噴嘴E,中央和右側光照射裝置L工件。‘ 由粘合液噴嘴C,在上述隔片絕緣層31和電極層32上 的規定區域上噴射陶瓷粘合液形成絕緣層33,由光照射裝 置L對該絕緣層33進行乾燥後,當基盤3在導體齎噴射裝 置E下通過時,由該導體麥噴嘴E在上述絕緣層33未被塗 佈的區域上噴射導體胥形成通孔電極34。這個通孔電極34 由右側光照射裝置L進行乾烽。 其次在第4圖(d)中,當基盤3再次進行回復移動時, 導體膏噴嘴E,粘合液噴嘴C,中央和左側光照射裝置L工 作。 由這個導體齎噴嘴E,在絕緣層33和通孔電極34上噴 射導體裔形成由規定導體圖案構成的電極層32,由光光照 射裝置L對該電極層3 2進行乾燥後,當基盤3在粘合液噴 嘴C下通過時,由該粘合液噴嘴C在上逑電極層3 2未被塗 佈區域上噴射陶瓷粘合液形成隔片絕緣層31,這個隔片絕 綠層31由左側光照射裝置L進行乾燥。 上逑第4圖(a)〜(d) Μ後,使基盤3重復往復第4 圖(c) (d),即能夠得到由具有通孔電極34的導體層32和絕 緣層31,33組成的薄膜層S3叠層而成的感應體用叠層體 A3 〇 依這個第3實施例,因為每次形成絕緣層或電極層時 藉乾燥裝置對各層面進行乾燥,所以能夠提高隔片絕緣層 -27- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------^--------I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 31,電極層32,絕緣層33和通孔電極34的塗布或印刷精度。 第5圖是第1發明的第4實施例,表示用於電容器的 疊層體A4的製造裝置,它具有在區間路徑la上與上述第3 實施例相同地配設有光照射裝置L,粘合液噴嘴C,導體膏 噴嘴E的構成。 在這個第4實施例中,進行第5圖(a)〜(d)的作業。 在第5圖(a)中當基盤3從台4進行最初的往前移動 時,粘合液噴嘴C,導體脅噴嘴E,中央和右側光照射裝置 L工作。 由粘合液噴嘴C噴射陶瓷粘合液在基盤3上形成規定 面積的絕緣層40,當該基底絕緣層40從中央光照射裝置L 下通過時進行乾燥,然後絕緣層40從導體資噴嘴E下通過 時,由該導體賫噴嘴E噴射導體膏形成由規定的電極圖案 構成的電極層42。 當這個電極餍42從右側光照射裝置L下通過時進行乾 燥0 在第5圖(b)中當上述基盤3進行回復移動時,粘合 硖嗔嘴C和左側光照射裝置L工作。 由這個粘合液噴嘴C,埋入上逑絕緣層40上的電極層 42之間那樣地噴射陶瓷粘合液形成隔片絕緣層41,當該隔 片絕緣層41從左側光照射裝置L下通過時進行乾燥。 而且,在基盤3 —次往復的第5圖(a)(b)中,形成 由導體層42和絕緣層40, 41組成的薄膜餍S4。 此後,連鑕重復進行上述第5圖(a)(b)的第5圖(c) -2 8 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)II Page II Li III 565864 Α7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Then in Figure 2 (c) when the substrate 3 is moved forward again, the left-side adhesive liquid nozzle C, the conductor 赍 nozzle E, and the light irradiation device L work. . The adhesive liquid nozzle C is used to spit out the ceramic adhesive liquid on the area except the through-hole electrode portion 14a on the upper diaphragm insulation layer 11 and the electrode layer 12 to form the insulating layer 13 (for details, refer to FIG. 13). Then, the substrate 3 passes under the conductor paste nozzle E, and the conductor paste is sprayed from the conductor nozzle E to form a through-hole electrode layer 14 on the upper electrode pattern 14a (for details, refer to FIG. 14). Furthermore, the winding step is formed on the thin film layer of the base insulating layer 10 in FIG. 2 (a), and a one-step reciprocating step of the substrate 3 is formed on the thin film layer in FIG. 2 (b) (c). The electrode layer 12 of the hole electrode 14 and the thin film layer S1 composed of the spacer insulating layer 11 and the insulating layer 13. Thereafter, the operation of repeating the second drawing (d) and (e) in FIG. 2 (b) (c) and repeating the above operation is repeated to produce a beta calendar A 1 for an inductor in which a plurality of thin film layers S1 are laminated. . Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before «i write this page)« This laminate A1, where the thickness of the above-mentioned film layer S1 is about 20 ~ 200 / zffi and its stack The number of layers is about ten layers, for example, on the table 5 of the device, or moved to another place for true compression bonding, and then sintered to obtain a sensor. In addition, in the drawing, only a few conductor patterns are shown on the thin film layer S1 on the drawing, but in practice, multiple patterns are formed on the thin film layer S1 such that a plurality of inductors can be obtained from the laminated body A1. . This is the same in the actual travel example below. Figure 3 is the second embodiment of the first invention, showing that the paper size used for capacitors is in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 565864 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention () Laminate A2 The manufacturing device has a light irradiating device L that is distributed as a drying device at a substantially central portion of the section path la. On this stage 4 side, only an adhesive liquid nozzle C for ejecting a ceramic adhesive liquid from an inkjet nozzle is arranged. The other side has a configuration in which a conductor love nozzle E that ejects a conductor mic from an inkjet nozzle and an adhesive liquid nozzle C that ejects a ceramic adhesive liquid from an inkjet nozzle. That is, in the case of a capacitor, since the above-mentioned through-hole electrode is not needed, the conductive material nozzle E on one side is omitted. This omitted conductor paste nozzle E can be removed but it can be configured as usual but not working. In this second embodiment, operations (a) to (d) in Fig. 3 are performed. In FIG. 3U), when the substrate 3 is initially moved forward from the stage 4, the adhesive liquid nozzle C on the left side and the light irradiation device L operate, and the ceramic adhesive liquid is sprayed on the substrate 3 by this adhesive liquid nozzle C. The insulating layer 20 having a predetermined area is then dried by the light irradiation device L. In Fig. 3 (b), when the upper base plate 3 is moved back, the adhesive liquid nozzle C, the conductor nozzle E, and the light irradiation device L on the right side start to work. The Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed the adhesive liquid nozzle C to spray the ceramic adhesive liquid on a predetermined area on the insulating layer 20 to form a spacer insulation calendar 21. Then, the substrate 3 passed under the conductor bud nozzle E. A conductive paste is sprayed from the conductive nozzle E, and an electrode layer 22 is formed on the uncoated region of the spacer insulating layer 21. Thereafter, when the substrate 3 passes through the light irradiation device L, the above-mentioned spacer insulating layer 21 and electrode layer 22 formed on a predetermined pattern are dried. Then, a thin film (S2 composed of the electrode layer 22 and the insulating layers 21, 20 is formed in Figs. After that, the rehearsal was repeated for the 3rd figure (c) of the 3rd figure (a) (b) above. -25- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 565864 A7 B7 Five economy Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Intellectual Property Bureau and the description of the invention ((d), to produce a capacitor body A2 for a capacitor in which a plurality of film layers S2 are laminated. FIG. 4 is a third embodiment of the first invention. For example, it shows an apparatus for manufacturing an S-layer body A3 for an inductor, which has a light irradiating device L as a drying device spaced at approximately the center portion of the section path ia and its left and right sides. Adhesive liquid nozzle C is arranged between the light irradiation devices L and L on one side, and a conductor love nozzle E is arranged between the light irradiation devices L and L on the other side (the stage 5 side). In this third embodiment, the operations of (a) to (d) in FIG. 4 are performed. In FIG. 4 (a), when the base plate 3 is moved forward from the stage 4 for the first time, the adhesive liquid nozzle C, the conductor material nozzle E, and the center and right light irradiation devices L are operated. The ceramic adhesive liquid is sprayed from the adhesive liquid nozzle C to form a predetermined surface on the substrate 3. The base insulating layer 30 is dried when the base insulating layer 30 passes under the central light irradiating device L, and then the base insulating layer 30 passes through the conductor paste nozzle E to form a conductor material when it passes under the conductor paste nozzle E. The electrode layer 32 made of a predetermined conductor pattern is dried as the electrode 餍 32 passes under the right-side light irradiation device L. In FIG. 4 (b), when the upper base plate 3 is moved back, the adhesive liquid nozzle C It works with the left-side light irradiation device L. From this adhesive liquid nozzle C, the ceramic adhesive liquid is sprayed as between the electrode layers 32 buried on the upper base insulating layer 30 to form the spacer insulating layer 31. When -26- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back _ write this page) Order: 565864 Printed by A7 B7, Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Explanation () The insulation calendar 31 of the separator is dried when passing through the left side light irradiation device L. Next, in FIG. 4 (c), when the substrate 3 is moved forward again, the adhesive liquid nozzle C and the conductor bud nozzle E, the center and right light irradiation device L . 'The adhesive liquid nozzle C sprays a ceramic adhesive liquid on a predetermined area on the above-mentioned spacer insulating layer 31 and electrode layer 32 to form an insulating layer 33. After the insulating layer 33 is dried by a light irradiation device L, When the substrate 3 passes under the conductor 赍 spraying device E, the conductor 喷嘴 nozzle E sprays the conductor 胥 on the uncoated area of the above-mentioned insulating layer 33 to form a through-hole electrode 34. This through-hole electrode 34 is irradiated by the right-side light device L Then, in FIG. 4 (d), when the substrate 3 is moved back again, the conductor paste nozzle E, the adhesive liquid nozzle C, and the center and left light irradiation devices L are operated. The conductor 赍 nozzle E sprays conductors on the insulating layer 33 and the through-hole electrode 34 to form an electrode layer 32 composed of a predetermined conductor pattern. The electrode layer 32 is dried by a light irradiation device L. When the substrate 3 is dried, When passing under the adhesive liquid nozzle C, the adhesive liquid nozzle C sprays the ceramic adhesive liquid on the uncoated area of the upper electrode layer 32 to form a spacer insulating layer 31. The left light irradiation device L is dried. After the upper picture 4 (a) to (d) M, the base plate 3 is repeatedly reciprocated to the fourth picture (c) (d), that is, a conductor layer 32 having a via electrode 34 and an insulating layer 31, 33 can be obtained. The laminated body A3 for an inductor, which is formed by laminating the thin film layer S3. According to this third embodiment, each layer is dried by a drying device each time an insulating layer or an electrode layer is formed, so that the insulating layer of the separator can be improved. -27- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -------- ^ -------- I (Please read the notes on the back before filling (This page) 565864 Printed by A7 B7, Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention () 31. Coating or printing accuracy of electrode layer 32, insulation layer 33 and via electrode 34. Fig. 5 is a fourth embodiment of the first invention, showing a manufacturing apparatus for a laminated body A4 of a capacitor, which has a light irradiation device L provided on the section path la as in the third embodiment described above, and The structure of the liquid junction nozzle C and the conductor paste nozzle E. In this fourth embodiment, the operations of FIGS. 5 (a) to (d) are performed. In Fig. 5 (a), when the substrate 3 is moved forward from the stage 4 for the first time, the adhesive liquid nozzle C, the conductor nozzle E, and the center and right light irradiation devices L are operated. The ceramic bonding liquid is sprayed from the bonding liquid nozzle C to form an insulating layer 40 of a predetermined area on the substrate 3, and the base insulating layer 40 is dried when it passes under the central light irradiation device L, and then the insulating layer 40 is discharged from the conductive material nozzle E When passing downward, the conductor paste is sprayed from the conductor nozzle E to form an electrode layer 42 composed of a predetermined electrode pattern. This electrode 餍 42 is dried when it passes under the right-side light irradiation device L. In Fig. 5 (b), when the above-mentioned substrate 3 is moved back, the adhesive nozzle C and the left-side light irradiation device L operate. From this adhesive liquid nozzle C, the ceramic adhesive liquid is sprayed as between the electrode layers 42 buried on the upper insulating layer 40 to form a spacer insulating layer 41. When the spacer insulating layer 41 is irradiated from the left side under the device L Dry when passing. Further, in FIG. 5 (a) (b) of the substrate 3 reciprocating, a thin film 餍 S4 composed of the conductor layer 42 and the insulating layers 40, 41 is formed. After that, the flail repeats the above figure 5 (a) (b), figure 5 (c)-2 8-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read first (Notes on the back then fill out this page)

--------訂---------線I 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() (d)的作業,製造出叠層有多個薄膜層S4的電容器用叠層 體A 4。 在這個第4實施例中,也能夠提高隔片絕緣層41,電 極層42和絕緣層40的塗佈或印刷精度。 第6圖是第1發明的第5實施例.,表示用於感應體的 叠層體A5的製造裝置,它具有在區間路徑la的大致中央部 分配有設作為乾燥裝置的光照射裝置L,在其左側(台4 一 側)配設有粘合液噴嘴C,在其右側(台5 —側)配設有導體 爱噴嘴K的構成。 在這個第5實施例中,進行第6圖(a)〜(e)的作業。 在第6圖(a)中當基盤3從台4進行最初的往前移動 時,粘合液噴嘴C,光照射裝置L和導體資噴嘴E全都工 作〇 由粘合液噴嘴C噴射陶瓷粘合液在基盤3上形成規定 面積的基底絕緣層50,當該基底絕緣層50從光照射裝置L 下通過時進行乾燥。 然後基底絕緣餍50從導體脅噴嘴E下通過時,由該導 體資噴嘴E噴射導體資形成由規定電極圖案構成的電極層 52 〇 在第6圖(b)中當上述基盤3進行回復移動時,光照 射裝置L和粘合液噴嘴C工作。 由第6圖(a)形成的上述電極層52從光照射裝置L下 通過時進行乾燥後,由粘合液噴嘴C,埋入上逑基底絕緣 層5 0上的電極層5 2之間那樣地噴射陶瓷粘合液形成隔片絕 -29- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1 I I I--— — — — — — — — II (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明() 緣層51。 其次在第6圖(c)中,當基盤3再次往前移動時,光 照射裝置L和導體膏噴嘴E工作。 當由第6圖(b)形成的上述隔片絕緣層51從光照射 裝置L下通過時進行乾燥後,當從導.體耷噴嘴E下通過時 ,由該導體膏噴嘴E噴射導體爱在上逑電極層52上的規定 位置上形成通孔電極54。 其次在第6圖(d)中,當基盤3再次進行回復移動時 ,粘合液噴嘴C,光照射裝置L工作。 當由第6圖(C)形成的上逑通孔電極54從光照射裝 置L下通過時進行乾燥後,由粘合液噴嘴C在上述通孔電 極5 4未被塗佈區域上嗔射陶瓷粘合液形成絕緣層53。 在第6圖U)中,當基盤3再次進行往前移動時,當 這個往前移動時光照射裝置L和導體齎噴嘴E工作。 由第6圖(d)形成的絕緣層53由光照射裝置L進行 乾烽後,由導體賫噴嘴E在上述絕緣層53和通孔電極54上 .面嗔射導體麥形成由規定電極圖案構成的電極曆52。 上述第6圖(a)〜(e)以後,基盤3重復通過二次第6 圖(b)〜(e),即能夠得到由叠曆有具有通孔電極54的電極 層5 2和絕緣層51 , 53構成的薄膜層S5的感應體用叠層體 A5 ° 根據第5實施例,用以形成薄膜層S5的工序數變多, 但是能夠使粘合液噴嘴C,導體齎噴嘴E,光照射裝置L的 個數最少,從而能夠縮短區間路徑la的長度。 -30- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — — — — — — — — — — — illllll — — — · (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明() 第7圖是第1發明的第6實施例,表示用於電容器的 叠層體A6的製造裝置,它具有在區間路徑la上,與上逑第 5實施例相同地,在光照射裝置L左側配置有粘合液噴嘴 C,在光照射裝置L右側配置有導體胥噴嘴E的構成。 在這個第6實施例中,進行第7.圖中(a)〜(b&gt;的作 業。 在第7圖(a)中當基盤3從台4進行最初的往前移動 時,粘合疲噴嘴C,光照射裝置L和導體資噴嘴E全都工 作,首先,由粘合液噴嘴C噴射陶瓷粘合液在基盤3上形 成規定面積的絕緣層60,當該絕緣層60從光照射裝置L下 通過時進行乾燥。 然後絕緣層60從導體賫噴嘴E下通過時,由該導體賫 噴嘴E噴射導體賫形成由規定的電極圖案構成的電極層62。 在第7圖(b)中當上述基盤3進行回復移動時,光照 射裝置L和粘合液噴嘴C工作。 由第7圖(a&gt;形成的上逑電極層6 2從光照射裝置L下 .通過時進行乾燥後,由粘合液噴嘴C,埋入上述絕緣層60 上的電極層6 2之間那樣地噴射陶瓷粘合液形成隔片絕緣層 6 1 〇 其次在第7圖(c)中,在基盤3沒有到達台5的途中 位置的短區間,詳细地說,基盤3在從台4到通過光照射 裝置L的位置的區間中往復移動,在這個期間光照射裝置 L和粘合液噴嘴C工作。 而且,在這個短區間往前移動時,由第7圖(b)形成 -31- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) ------------------- 丨訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 的上述隔片絕緣層61從光照射裝置L下通過時進行乾燥, 當回復移動時基盤3從粘合液噴嘴C下通過時,由該粘合 液噴嘴C噴射陶瓷粘合液在上逑電極層6 2上形成絕緣層60。 此後在第7圖(d)中,基盤3進行往前移動,當這個 往前移動時光照射裝置L和導體膏噴嘴E工作。 當由第7圖(c)形成的絕緣層60由光照射裝置L進行 乾燥後,由導體齎噴嘴E在上述絕緣層60上面噴射導體膏 形成由規定的電極圖案構成的電極層62。 上述第7圖(a)〜(d)以後,重復上述第7圖(b)〜(d) ,即能夠得到叠層有由導體層62和絕緣層60, 61組成的薄 膜層S6的電容器甩叠層體A6。 在這個第6實施例中也能夠使粘合液噴嘴C,導體爱 噴嘴E,光照射裝置L的個數最少,從而能夠縮短區間路 徑la的長度。 第8圖是第1發明的第7實施例,係用於感應體的叠 層體製造裝置,詳细地說湩用激光打孔裝置P製作用於形 成通孔電極的通孔的場合。 即,它具有在區間路徑la上除了配置與上述第5實施 例相當的粘合液噴嘴C,光照射裝置L和導體音嗔嘴E外, 還配置了激光打孔裝置P的構成。將多個這樣的激光打孔 裝置P以微小間隔並設在橫截上述區間路徑la的方向上, 各激光頭與圖中未畫出的激光發生器連接。 在這個第7實施例中,進行第8圖中(a)〜(e)的作 業0 一 32- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I--I------- I I I I I I I ^ 11111111 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 在第8圖(a)中當基盤3從台4進行最初的往前移動 時,粘合液噴嘴C%光照射裝置L和導體資噴嘴E工作, 由粘合液噴嘴C噴射陶瓷粘合液在基盤3上形成規定面積 的基底絕緣層70,當該基底絕緣層70從光照射裝置L下通 過時進行乾燥。 然後基底絕緣層7 0從導體爱噴嘴E下通過時,由該導 體資噴嘴E噴射導體螢形成由規定電極圖案構成的電極層 72 〇 在第8圖(b)中當上逑基盤3進行回復移動時,光照 射裝置L和粘合液噴嘴C工作。 由第8圖(a)形成的上述導體層72從光照射裝置L 下通過時進行乾燥後,由粘合液噴嘴C,埋入上逑基底絕 緣層70上的電極層72之間那樣地噴射陶瓷粘合液形成隔片 絕緣層7 1。 其次在第8圖(c)中,當基盤3再次往前移動時,粘 合液噴嘴C,光照射裝置L和上逑激光打孔裝置P工作。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 當基盤3從粘合液噴嘴C下通過時,粘合液噴嘴C噴 射陶瓷粘合液覆蓋上述隔片絕緣層71和電極層72的全部上 面形成絕緣層73,當該絕緣層7 3從光照射裝置L下通過時 進行乾燥。 其次,當基盤3從激光打孔裝置P下通過時,由該激 光打孔裝置P在上述絕緣層73的規定位置上打出貫通上述 電極層72的通孔75。 其次在第8圖(d)中,基盤3從台5開始回復移動, -33- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公€ A7 B7 565864 五、發明說明() 但是在基盤3沒有回到台4的途中位置的短區間,詳细地 說,基盤3在從台5到通過光照射装置L·的位置的區間中 進行回復移動和往前移動,在這個期間光照射裝置L和導 體賫噴嘴E工作。 而且,在這個短區間回復移動時.,當從導體資噴嘴E 下通過時,導體音噴嘴E噴射導體資充填進上述通孔75內 形成通孔電極74,這個通孔電極74通過光照射裝置L進行 乾燥。另一方面,在短區間中進行往前移動時,由導體音 噴嘴E在絕緣層7 3和通孔電極74的上面形成規定圖案的電 極層72。 此後在第8圖(e)中當基盤3進行回復移動時,粘合 液噴嘴C,光照射裝置L工作。 當由第8圖(d)形成的上述導體層72從光照射裝置L 下通過時進行乾燥後,由粘合液噴嘴C在上述電極層72未 被塗佈區域上噴射陶瓷粘合液形成絕緣層71。 上述第8圖(a)〜(e) K後,重復上述第8圖(c)〜(e) ,即能夠得到與上述第5實施例相同的感應體用叠曆體。 此外,這個第7實施例是,代替在第1實施例,第3 實施例,第5實施例中說明的通孔電極的形成,也可K採 用激光打孔裝置的示例,按照第5實施例的情形進行了說 明,但是也可Μ適用於第1實施例和第3實施例。 第9圖是第1發明的第8實施例,表示感應體用叠層 體的製造裝置,詳细地說是在上逑區間路徑la上附設假壓 接裝置的情形。 -34- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) —訂---------線; 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 在假壓接裝置中,能夠使用可K上下移動的壓板和按 壓滾筒。在這個第8實施例中舉例表示在第1實施例的區 間路徑la上配設按壓滾筒R的情形。 第個第8實施例(第9圖)因為具有與已經逑說的第2 圖所示的第1實施例的作業相同的工序,所K為了便於說 明起見,在圖中加上相同的符號並省略對它們的說明,但 是在中央光照射裝置L和右側導體資噴嘴E之間可以上下 移動地配設按壓滾筒R,該按壓滾筒R在第9圖(c)中正 在進行工作(向下移動)。 即,在進行上述第9圖(c)的各工作時,形成了通孔 電極14的絕緣層13從光照射裝置L下通過進行乾燥後,按 壓滾筒R向下移動到在進行往前移動的基盤3上,通過按 壓通孔電極14和絕緣層13的上面對薄膜餍進行假壓接。通 過這個假壓接,對於在薄膜層上面產生的微细的凹凸不平 進行均勻實現均質化,並且提高了與下層的薄膜層的緊密 接著性。 此外,在第1實施例的情形中說明了這涸假壓接裝置 ,但是顯然對於其它實施例也是適用的,又,也能夠任意 地設定配置。 第16圖表示上述假壓接裝置的良好形態。 在第16圖中,通過按壓滾筒R對可K自由旋轉地配置 在支持部件100’上的滾筒表面實施粘著性極微小的表面處 理,可K自由旋轉地使具有粘著性的除塵漳筒1〇〇與這個 表面接觸,使兩者的接觸狀態不變但可K上下移動地設置 -35- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 支持部件100 ’。 上逑按壓滾筒R當工作時如上所述通過按壓通孔電極 14和絕緣層13的上面對薄膜層進行假壓接,並且從通孔電 極14和絕緣層13剝離微粒片時,通過使該微粒Η附著在表 面上從薄膜層除去,附著在按壓滾筒.R上的微粒片從按壓 滾筒ϋ轉移到具有高粘著性的除塵滾筒100的表面。 然後,轉移到除塵滾筒1G0的微粒片可Μ在適當的時 候從該除塵滾筒100取下清掃掉,或最好通過使剝離部件 (圖中未示出)與除麈滾筒100接觸除去微粒片。 在上述實施例中,作為絕緣層形成裝置說明了採用噴 墨方式的粘合液噴嘴的情形,但是也可Κ採用如第17圖所 示的採用刮刀方式的粘合液頭C’和/或通過滾筒施轉將陶瓷 粘合液塗佈在該滾筒的接觸面上的塗佈滾筒方式。 特別是如基底絕緣層10,絕緣層20等那樣,在規定區 域全面地塗佈陶瓷粘合液時,可Κ採用刮刀方式和塗佈滾 筒方式。又,即便在形成導體層等後充填塗佈隔片絕緣層 時,通過由乾烽裝置使導體層等充分乾燥也能夠採用刮刀 方式。 又,在上述實施例中,說明了基盤3在1到2次往復 期間形成薄膜層的情形,但是為了增大陶瓷粘合液的層厚 ,也可Μ任意增加往復次数。 此外,這個第1發明只要沿著它的宗旨,不限定於實 施例的記載,可Μ適當地變更上述絕緣層形成裝置等的各 裝置的配設,個數,作業工序等。 -36- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --— I! I i 1 I ! ! t ------ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 下面說明第18〜28圖所示的第2發明的叠層體製造裝 置,第18〜20圖表示裝置全體的概要,在第18圖中,機殼 4是通過在横寬約2a的筐體台基部分4a的上面,將左右兩 側壁4b,4b和筐體背壁部分4c組裝成一體,將堅固的支持 壁4 d配設在該背壁部分4c上構成的,.在前面可以開閉地安 裝二分割或三分割狀的透明蓋子4e。 又,機殻4在如圖所示的筐體台基部分4 a的前面一側 等的適當地方配設顯示部分和控制台,並且筐體台基部分 4 a和筐體背壁部分4c内配置控制箱和配線裝置(圖中已省 略)等。 上逑機殻4在筐體台基部分4 a的上面部分設置作業台 5 0 作業台5是由在上逑筐體台基部分1上面的若干小面 積構成的台,載配在沿前後方向延伸的左右導軌15上,它 可Μ沿前後方向(Y軸方向)在短小距離內移動,並且通過 由伺服馬達,脉衝馬達,步進馬達構成的驅動源Μ和由這 .些馬達旋轉的驅動軸(螺桿軸)35沿Υ軸方向往復移動。 又,作業台.5在其上面與上述支持壁4d平行地敷設前 後間隔的兩根導軌25,25,在這兩根導軌25,25上載設可 動台2,可動台2可Μ沿該導軌25, 2 5沿左右方向(X軸方 向)往復移動。 對可動台2通過由伺服馬達,脉衝馬達,步進馬達構 成的驅動源Μ和由這些馬達旋轉的驅動軸(.螺桿軸)45沿X 軸方向的往復移動進行控制,通過空氣活塞2a,在這個可 -37 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — III— — — — — — · I I I I I I I ·111111. (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •線鑛· 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 動台2上配設不綉網製的基盤3。 所Μ ,基盤3由上述驅動源Μ和驅動袖4 5沿上述支持 壁4 d平行地沿X軸方向在規定區間内往復移動,由上述驅 動源Μ和驅動軸35沿Y軸方向在短小距離内往復移動,並 且由上述空氣活塞2 a進行上下移動。. 上述基盤3沿X軸方向的往復移動是在作業台5的一 端側台ST1(第18圖的實線位置)和另一端側台ST2(第18圖 的兩點一劃線位置)的區間內往復移動。 而且,基盤3的往復移動和上下移動由圖中未示出的 上述控制箱的控制裝置進行控制,可Μ由上述控制台部分 對該控制裝置的數據進行調整。 另一方面,在上述筐體背壁部分4c的支持壁4d上,配 設由上下間隔地配置的兩根支持桿17, 17組成的支持部件 7,並在各組的支持桿17,17之間配設螺母孔27。 支持部件7 ,沿X方向Μ規定間隔配置支持部件7的 多個姐(在圖中的示例中為7組),使這些各支持桿向作業 台5上水平狀突出,利用這些支持部件7,可Κ分別裝上 卸下地安裝1個到多個作為絕緣層形成裝置的絕緣層形成 單元,作為導體層形成裝置的導體層形成單元,作為乾燥 裝置的乾燥單元,作為打孔裝置的打孔單元,作為假壓接 裝置的假壓接單元和攝像機單元。具體地說,絕緣層形成 單元,導體層形成單元和乾燥單元是必需的,必須安裝它 們的1個或多個,但是根據需要選擇地安裝打孔單元,假 壓接單元和攝像機單元。 -3 8 ~ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(2KM 297公釐) _丨丨丨-丨&quot;·丨丨丨丨-· !-皿I --訂:丨-!- ! · (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 Α7 一 Β7 五、發明說明() 上述絕緣層形成單元中,使用Μ噴墨方式噴射陶瓷粘 合液的粘合液噴射單元(詳细地說為粘合液噴嘴)C,在上 逑導體層形成單元中,使用Κ噴墨方式噴射導體赍的導體 裔噴射單元(詳细地說為導體爱噴嘴)Ε,在上逑乾燥單元 中,使用通過光照射使陶瓷粘合液和,導體膏乾燥到不發粘 那樣的半硬化狀態的光照射單元L的例子。 粘合液噴嘴單元C是以微小間隔並設多涸噴墨噴嘴構 成的,從選出的噴嘴噴射陶瓷粘合液,同樣,導體賫噴嘴 軍元Ε也是Κ微小間隔並設多個噴墨噴嘴構成的,從選出 的噴嘴噴射導體賫。 又,在上逑打孔單元中,使用Μ微小間隔並設多個激 光打孔頭構成的激光打孔装置Ρ,在上述假壓接裝置中, 使用由可Μ上下移動的按壓滾筒R構成的滾筒壓接單元, 在上述攝像機單元中使用由CCD攝像機構成的CCD攝像 機單元Q的例子。 激光打孔單元Ρ,將上述各激光單元與激光發生器連 接起來,從選出的激光單元發射激光,在絕緣層上打孔。 滚筒壓接單元R在適當時候按壓由形成的絕緣層和導 體層構成的薄膜層的上面進行假壓接。 CCD攝像機單元Q在適當時候對上逑薄膜層的表面圖 像進行攝像發射給圖像處理裝置。 上述各單元,即粘合液噴嘴單元C,導體資噴嘴單元Ε ,光照射單元L,激光打孔單元Ρ,按壓滾筒單元R和CCD 攝像機單元Q具有相同的在各自上半部分上形成的到支持 -39- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------I ------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 部件7的安装部分37的構造。 即,各安裝部分3 7具有與上逑支持部件7的支持桿17 大致等長度的矩形,K上下間隔打出在矩形長方向貫通的 兩個安裝孔37a,37a,並且在兩個安裝孔37a, 37a的中 間在矩形長方向貫通地打出軸孔37b9而且,在上述安裝 孔37a, 37a内,安裝著突出狀並且可以旋轉地收藏直徑 微细的球37c的筒形護圈37d(參照第21圖)。 上述各裝置C, E, L·,P, R和Q,當使用它們時,將 上逑支持部件7的支持稈17插設在它們各自的安裝部分37 的護圈37d内那樣地貫通安裝孔37a,此後,將緊固螺栓 B插入軸孔37b,並將前端旋入支持壁4d的螺母孔27中, 將安裝部分37緊緊地固定在支持壁4d上,從而將各裝置安 置的規定位置上。 而且,拔下上述緊固螺栓B即能從支持稈17拔出安装 部分37。俾利可裝卸各單元,或更換各單元。 其次,第22圖表示上述支持部件7的其它的實施例( 在這個支持部件上加上符號47加以說明)。 在第22圖中,各支持部件47是適當厚度的矩形板的下 端部兩側上形成軌道部分7 a並且在前面中央部分設置螺母 孔7b的支持部件。 沿X軸方向K規定間隔固定狀地將多個支持部件47並 設在在上述筐體背壁部分4c的支持壁4 d上,向作業台5上 水平狀地突出。 另一方面,上述各單元C, E, L, P, R和Q的各安裝 -40- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)-------- Order --------- Line I Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () (d) The operation to produce laminated A capacitor laminate A 4 having a plurality of thin film layers S 4. In this fourth embodiment, it is also possible to improve the coating or printing accuracy of the spacer insulating layer 41, the electrode layer 42, and the insulating layer 40. FIG. 6 is a fifth embodiment of the first invention, showing a manufacturing apparatus for a laminated body A5 for an inductor, which is provided with a light irradiation device L provided as a drying device at a substantially central portion of the section path la, The adhesive liquid nozzle C is arranged on the left side (stage 4 side), and the conductive nozzle K is arranged on the right side (stage 5 side). In this fifth embodiment, the operations of FIGS. 6 (a) to (e) are performed. In FIG. 6 (a), when the substrate 3 is moved forward from the stage 4, the adhesive liquid nozzle C, the light irradiation device L, and the conductor material nozzle E all work. The ceramic liquid is sprayed from the adhesive liquid nozzle C. The liquid forms a base insulating layer 50 of a predetermined area on the substrate 3, and the base insulating layer 50 is dried when it passes under the light irradiation device L. Then, when the base insulator 餍 50 passes under the conductor nozzle E, the conductor material nozzle E sprays the conductor material to form an electrode layer 52 composed of a predetermined electrode pattern. In FIG. 6 (b), when the substrate 3 is moved back The light irradiation device L and the adhesive liquid nozzle C work. The electrode layer 52 formed in FIG. 6 (a) is dried while passing under the light irradiation device L, and then is buried between the electrode layers 52 on the upper base insulating layer 50 through the adhesive solution nozzle C. Ground sprayed ceramic adhesive liquid to form the separator -29- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 1 II I --- — — — — — — — II (Please read first Note on the back, please fill out this page) 565864 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy Next, in Fig. 6 (c), when the substrate 3 is moved forward again, the light irradiation device L and the conductor paste nozzle E are operated. When the above-mentioned spacer insulating layer 51 formed in FIG. 6 (b) passes through the light irradiating device L and is dried, when passing through the conductive body nozzle E, the conductor paste nozzle E sprays the conductor in love. A through-hole electrode 54 is formed at a predetermined position on the upper electrode layer 52. Next, in FIG. 6 (d), when the substrate 3 is moved back again, the adhesive liquid nozzle C and the light irradiation device L operate. After the upper through-hole electrode 54 formed in FIG. 6 (C) is passed under the light irradiation device L and dried, the adhesive liquid nozzle C projects ceramics on the uncoated area of the through-hole electrode 54. The adhesive liquid forms an insulating layer 53. In FIG. 6U), when the base plate 3 is moved forward again, the light irradiation device L and the conductor yoke E are operated when this base plate is moved forward. The insulating layer 53 formed in FIG. 6 (d) is dried by the light irradiation device L, and then the conductive layer nozzle E is formed on the above-mentioned insulating layer 53 and the through-hole electrode 54 by a conductive nozzle E. The conductive layer is formed by a predetermined electrode pattern Of electrode calendar 52. After the above-mentioned Figures 6 (a) to (e), the base plate 3 is repeatedly passed through the second Figures 6 (b) to (e), and the electrode layer 52 and the insulating layer 51 with the through-hole electrode 54 overlapped can be obtained. According to the fifth embodiment, the number of steps for forming the thin film layer S5 is increased. However, the adhesive liquid nozzle C, the conductor / nozzle E, and the light can be irradiated. The number of devices L is the smallest, so that the length of the interval path la can be shortened. -30- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) — — — — — — — — — — — illllll — — — (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this Page) 565864 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () Figure 7 is a sixth embodiment of the first invention, showing a manufacturing device for a laminated body A6 of a capacitor. On the section path la, similarly to the fifth embodiment, the adhesive liquid nozzle C is arranged on the left side of the light irradiation device L, and the conductor nozzle E is arranged on the right side of the light irradiation device L. In this sixth embodiment, the operations (a) to (b &gt;) in Fig. 7 are performed. In Fig. 7 (a), when the base plate 3 is moved forward from the table 4 for the first time, the nozzle is stuck. C, the light irradiation device L and the conductor material nozzle E all work. First, a ceramic bonding liquid is sprayed from the bonding liquid nozzle C to form an insulating layer 60 of a predetermined area on the substrate 3. When the insulating layer 60 is removed from the light irradiating device L, When the insulation layer 60 passes through the conductor 賫 nozzle E, the conductor 賫 nozzle E sprays the conductor 賫 to form an electrode layer 62 composed of a predetermined electrode pattern. In Fig. 7 (b), the substrate 3 During the return movement, the light irradiating device L and the adhesive liquid nozzle C work. The upper electrode layer 6 formed in Fig. 7 (a) is lowered from the light irradiating device L. After passing through, the adhesive liquid is dried. Nozzle C, which is sprayed with ceramic adhesive liquid between the electrode layers 62 and 2 buried on the above-mentioned insulating layer 60 to form a spacer insulating layer 6 1 〇 In FIG. 7 (c), the substrate 3 does not reach the stage 5 The short range of the position on the way, in detail, the position of the base plate 3 from the stage 4 to the position passing the light irradiation device L During this period, the light irradiating device L and the adhesive liquid nozzle C work. During this short period moving forward, it is formed from Figure 7 (b) -31- This paper size applies Chinese national standards ( CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) ------------------- 丨 order --------- line (Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page again) 565864 Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. The above-mentioned spacer insulation layer 61 of the description of the invention is dried when it passes under the light irradiation device L, and the base plate 3 is removed from the When the liquid mixture nozzle C passes underneath, the ceramic liquid is sprayed from the adhesive liquid nozzle C to form an insulating layer 60 on the upper electrode layer 62. Thereafter, in FIG. 7 (d), the substrate 3 is moved forward, When this is moved forward, the light irradiation device L and the conductor paste nozzle E work. When the insulation layer 60 formed in FIG. 7 (c) is dried by the light irradiation device L, the conductor 赍 nozzle E is sprayed on the insulation layer 60. The conductor paste forms an electrode layer 62 composed of a predetermined electrode pattern. After the above-mentioned FIGS. 7 (a) to (d), the above-mentioned steps are repeated. 7 (b) to (d), that is, a capacitor-removed laminated body A6 in which a thin film layer S6 composed of a conductor layer 62 and insulating layers 60 and 61 can be obtained. In this sixth embodiment, it is also possible to make The number of the liquid junction nozzle C, the conductor love nozzle E, and the light irradiation device L are minimized, so that the length of the section path la can be shortened. Fig. 8 is a seventh embodiment of the first invention, which is a laminated body for an inductor The manufacturing apparatus, specifically, when a through-hole for forming a through-hole electrode is manufactured by the laser drilling device P. That is, it has a section of the path la except for the adhesive liquid nozzle corresponding to the fifth embodiment. C. In addition to the light irradiation device L and the conductor sound nozzle E, a laser drilling device P is also provided. A plurality of such laser drilling devices P are arranged at a slight interval in a direction transverse to the interval path la, and each laser head is connected to a laser generator (not shown). In this seventh embodiment, the operations (a) to (e) in Fig. 8 are performed. 0 32-This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) I--I- ------ IIIIIII ^ 11111111 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () In Figure 8 (a), when the base plate 3 moves from the stage 4 to the first step forward When moving, the adhesive liquid nozzle C% light irradiation device L and the conductor material nozzle E work. The adhesive liquid nozzle C sprays the ceramic adhesive liquid to form a base insulating layer 70 of a predetermined area on the substrate 3. When the base insulating layer 70 Drying is performed when passing under the light irradiation device L. When the base insulating layer 70 passes under the conductor nozzle E, the conductor nozzle E sprays the conductor to form an electrode layer 72 composed of a predetermined electrode pattern. In FIG. 8 (b), the base plate 3 is restored. When moving, the light irradiation device L and the adhesive liquid nozzle C operate. The conductor layer 72 formed in FIG. 8 (a) is dried as it passes under the light irradiation device L, and then is sprayed as shown in FIG. 8 between the electrode layers 72 embedded in the upper base insulating layer 70 from the adhesive solution nozzle C. The ceramic adhesive liquid forms a spacer insulating layer 71. Next, in Fig. 8 (c), when the substrate 3 is moved forward again, the adhesive liquid nozzle C, the light irradiation device L, and the upper laser punching device P are operated. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. When the substrate 3 passes under the adhesive liquid nozzle C, the adhesive liquid nozzle C sprays a ceramic adhesive liquid to cover all of the above-mentioned spacer insulating layer 71 and electrode layer 72 to form an insulating layer. 73. The insulating layer 73 is dried when it passes under the light irradiation device L. Next, when the substrate 3 passes under the laser drilling device P, the laser drilling device P punches through holes 75 through the electrode layer 72 at predetermined positions on the insulating layer 73. Secondly, in Figure 8 (d), the base plate 3 starts to move back from the stage 5. -33- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public € A7 B7 565864 V. Description of the invention) But In the short section where the base plate 3 does not return to the midway position of the stage 4, in detail, the base plate 3 moves back and forth between the stage 5 and the position passing the light irradiation device L ·, during which the light The irradiation device L and the conductor nozzle E work. Also, during the short-term return movement, when passing through the conductor material nozzle E, the conductor sound nozzle E ejects the conductor material into the through hole 75 to form a through hole electrode 74. This through-hole electrode 74 is dried by the light irradiation device L. On the other hand, when moving forward in a short interval, a conductive sound nozzle E forms an electrode in a predetermined pattern on the insulating layer 73 and the through-hole electrode 74. Layer 72. Thereafter, in FIG. 8 (e), when the substrate 3 is moved back, the adhesive liquid nozzle C and the light irradiation device L work. When the above-mentioned conductor layer 72 formed in FIG. 8 (d) is removed from the light irradiation device After drying under L, it is bonded by The nozzle C sprays a ceramic adhesive liquid on the uncoated area of the electrode layer 72 to form an insulating layer 71. After the above-mentioned Figs. 8 (a) to (e) K, the above-mentioned Figs. 8 (c) to (e) are repeated, That is, it is possible to obtain the same overlay body for an inductor as in the above-mentioned fifth embodiment. In addition, this seventh embodiment replaces the through-hole electrodes described in the first, third, and fifth embodiments. In the example, the laser drilling device can be used as an example, and it has been described in the case of the fifth embodiment, but it can also be applied to the first and third embodiments. Fig. 9 is the eighth embodiment of the first invention. The example shows a manufacturing apparatus for a laminated body for an inductor, and in particular, a case where a dummy crimping device is attached to the upper section path la. -34- This paper standard is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 ( 210 X 297 mm) ------------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) — Order --------- line; Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by employee consumer cooperatives Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by employee consumer cooperatives 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () In the false crimping device, It is sufficient to use a pressure plate and a pressing roller that can be moved up and down by K. In this eighth embodiment, an example is shown in which the pressing roller R is arranged on the section path la of the first embodiment. The eighth embodiment (FIG. 9) Because it has the same process as the operation of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 2 already explained, for the sake of convenience, the same symbols are added to the figure and the description of them is omitted. A pressing roller R is vertically movable between the irradiation device L and the right-hand conductor material nozzle E, and the pressing roller R is working (moving downward) in FIG. 9 (c). That is, during the operations of the above-mentioned FIG. 9 (c), the insulating layer 13 formed with the through-hole electrode 14 is dried from under the light irradiation device L, and the pressing roller R is moved downward to the position where it is moved forward. On the substrate 3, the thin film 餍 is press-bonded by pressing the upper surface of the through-hole electrode 14 and the insulating layer 13. Through this false crimping, the fine unevenness generated on the thin film layer is uniformly homogenized, and the adhesion to the lower thin film layer is improved. In addition, in the case of the first embodiment, the dummy crimping device has been described, but it is obviously applicable to other embodiments, and the arrangement can be arbitrarily set. Fig. 16 shows a good form of the above-mentioned dummy crimping device. In FIG. 16, the surface of the roller that is rotatably disposed on the supporting member 100 ′ is freely rotated by pressing the roller R, and the surface of the roller is rotatably disposed on the support member 100 ′. The contact with this surface makes the contact state of the two remain unchanged but can be set up and down K -35- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ----- --- Order --------- line (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 565864 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention () Supporting parts 100 ' . When the upper pressing roller R is operated as described above, the thin film layer is press-bonded by pressing the upper surface of the through-hole electrode 14 and the insulating layer 13 as described above. The particles Η adhere to the surface and are removed from the film layer, and the particle pieces adhered to the pressing roller R are transferred from the pressing roller 到 to the surface of the dust-removing roller 100 having high adhesion. Then, the particulate sheet transferred to the dust removing roller 1G0 may be removed and cleaned from the dust removing roller 100 at an appropriate time, or it is preferable to remove the particulate sheet by bringing a peeling member (not shown) into contact with the dust removing roller 100. In the above-mentioned embodiment, the case where the adhesive liquid nozzle using the inkjet method is described as the insulating layer forming device, but the adhesive liquid head C ′ and / or using the doctor blade method as shown in FIG. 17 may be used. A coating roller method in which a ceramic adhesive solution is applied to a contact surface of the roller by rotating the roller. In particular, when the ceramic bonding solution is completely applied in a predetermined area, such as the base insulating layer 10, the insulating layer 20, and the like, a doctor blade method and a coating roller method may be used. In addition, even when the spacer insulating layer is filled and coated after the conductor layer or the like is formed, the conductor layer or the like can be sufficiently dried by a drying device to employ a doctor blade method. In the above-mentioned embodiment, the case where the substrate 3 forms a thin film layer during one or two reciprocations is described. However, in order to increase the layer thickness of the ceramic adhesive liquid, the number of reciprocations may be increased arbitrarily. In addition, this first invention is not limited to the description of the embodiment as long as it is along the gist thereof, and the arrangement, number, operation process, etc. of each device such as the above-mentioned insulating layer forming device can be appropriately changed. -36- This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) --- I! I i 1 I!! T ------ (Please read the notes on the back before filling (This page) 565864 Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The following describes the laminated device manufacturing device of the second invention shown in Figures 18 to 28. Figures 18 to 20 show the entire device. The outline of the case is shown in FIG. 18. The casing 4 is formed by assembling the left and right side walls 4b, 4b and the back wall portion 4c of the casing on the upper side of the casing base portion 4a with a width of about 2a, thereby sturdy The support wall 4 d is configured by being disposed on the back wall portion 4 c, and a two- or three-part transparent cover 4 e can be installed on the front side to be opened and closed. In addition, the cabinet 4 is provided with a display portion and a console at appropriate places such as the front side of the cabinet base portion 4 a as shown in the figure, and the cabinet base portion 4 a and the cabinet back wall portion 4 c are arranged inside. Configure the control box and wiring device (omitted in the figure). The upper casing 4 is provided with an operation table 5 on the upper portion of the chassis base portion 4 a. The operation table 5 is a table composed of several small areas on the upper casing base portion 1 and is arranged in the front-rear direction. On the extended left and right guide rails 15, it can move in a short distance along the front-rear direction (Y-axis direction), and is driven by a drive source M composed of a servo motor, a pulse motor, a stepper motor, and rotated by these motors. The drive shaft (screw shaft) 35 reciprocates in the direction of the y-axis. In addition, the worktable .5 lays two guide rails 25, 25 spaced back and forth parallel to the support wall 4d on the upper surface, and a movable table 2 is mounted on the two guide rails 25, 25, and the movable table 2 can be moved along the guide rail 25 , 2 5 reciprocates in the left-right direction (X-axis direction). The movable table 2 is controlled by a reciprocating movement of a driving source M composed of a servo motor, a pulse motor, a stepping motor and a driving shaft (.screw shaft) 45 rotated by these motors in the X-axis direction, and an air piston 2a, In this can -37-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) — — III — — — — — — IIIIIII · 111111. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) • Line Mining · 565864 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention () A base plate 3 made of non-embroidery net is installed on the moving platform 2. Therefore, the base plate 3 is reciprocated in a predetermined interval along the X-axis direction by the driving source M and the driving sleeve 45 along the supporting wall 4 d in parallel, and the driving source M and the driving shaft 35 are moved in a short distance along the Y-axis direction. The inner piston moves back and forth, and the air piston 2 a moves up and down. The above-mentioned reciprocating movement of the base plate 3 in the X-axis direction is between the one end side table ST1 (the solid line position in FIG. 18) and the other end side table ST2 (the two-dot one-dash line position in FIG. 18) of the worktable 5. Move back and forth within. Moreover, the reciprocating movement and the up-and-down movement of the base plate 3 are controlled by the control device of the control box not shown in the figure, and the data of the control device can be adjusted by the console section. On the other hand, the support wall 4d of the back wall portion 4c of the casing is provided with a support member 7 composed of two support rods 17, 17 arranged at an upper and lower interval, and the support rods 17 and 17 of each group配 配 nut 孔 27。 Disposed between the nut holes 27. The support member 7 includes a plurality of sisters (in the example in the figure, seven groups) of the support member 7 arranged at a predetermined interval in the X direction, so that each of the support rods protrudes horizontally on the work table 5. One or more insulating layer forming units as the insulating layer forming device can be attached and detached separately, the conductive layer forming unit as the conductive layer forming device, the drying unit as the drying device, and the punching unit as the punching device. , As a false crimping unit and a camera unit of the false crimping device. Specifically, an insulation layer forming unit, a conductor layer forming unit, and a drying unit are necessary, and one or more of them must be installed, but a punching unit, a dummy crimping unit, and a camera unit are selectively installed as required. -3 8 ~ This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (2KM 297mm) _ 丨 丨 丨-丨 &quot; · 丨 丨 丨 丨-!! -Ware I --Order: 丨-! -! · (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Employees' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention Liquid adhesive bonding liquid spraying unit (specifically, the bonding liquid nozzle) C, in the upper conductor layer forming unit, the conductor spraying unit (specifically, the conductor Nozzle) E. In the upper drying unit, an example of a light-irradiating unit L in which the ceramic adhesive liquid and the conductor paste are dried to a non-sticky state by light irradiation is used. The adhesive liquid nozzle unit C is composed of a plurality of inkjet nozzles arranged at a small interval, and the ceramic adhesive liquid is sprayed from the selected nozzle. Similarly, the conductor nozzle No. E is also configured of a plurality of inkjet nozzles at a small interval. , Spray conductor 賫 from the selected nozzle. In the upper punch unit, a laser punching device P having a small interval and a plurality of laser punching heads is used. In the above-mentioned dummy crimping device, a pressing roller R configured to move up and down is used. An example of the roller crimping unit is a CCD camera unit Q composed of a CCD camera. The laser drilling unit P connects the above-mentioned laser units and a laser generator, emits laser light from the selected laser unit, and punches holes in the insulating layer. The roller crimping unit R presses the upper surface of the thin film layer composed of the formed insulating layer and the conductor layer at a proper time to perform false crimping. The CCD camera unit Q captures the surface image of the upper diaphragm layer and transmits it to the image processing device at an appropriate time. Each of the above units, namely the adhesive liquid nozzle unit C, the conductor nozzle unit E, the light irradiation unit L, the laser drilling unit P, the pressing roller unit R and the CCD camera unit Q have the same shape formed on the respective upper parts. Support-39- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------- I ------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The structure of the mounting part 37 of component 7. That is, each mounting portion 37 has a rectangle of approximately the same length as the support rod 17 of the upper support member 7, and two mounting holes 37a, 37a penetrating in the rectangular long direction are formed at intervals of K, and two mounting holes 37a, In the middle of 37a, a shaft hole 37b9 is punched through in the rectangular long direction, and a cylindrical retainer 37d (refer to FIG. 21) is attached to the mounting holes 37a, 37a so as to receive a ball 37c with a small diameter and rotate. . Each of the above-mentioned devices C, E, L ·, P, R, and Q, when using them, inserts the support stems 17 of the upper support members 7 into the mounting rings 37d of their respective mounting portions 37 so as to penetrate through the mounting holes. 37a, after that, insert the fastening bolt B into the shaft hole 37b, and screw the front end into the nut hole 27 of the support wall 4d, and fix the mounting portion 37 on the support wall 4d tightly, so as to place the devices at the prescribed positions on. Moreover, the mounting portion 37 can be pulled out from the support stem 17 by removing the above-mentioned fastening bolt B. You can install or remove each unit or replace each unit. Next, Fig. 22 shows another embodiment of the above-mentioned support member 7 (a symbol 47 is added to this support member for explanation). In Fig. 22, each support member 47 is a support member in which rail portions 7a are formed on both sides of the lower end portion of a rectangular plate of an appropriate thickness and a nut hole 7b is provided in the front central portion. A plurality of support members 47 are fixedly arranged at predetermined intervals in the X-axis direction K on the support wall 4 d on the back wall portion 4 c of the casing, and project horizontally on the work table 5. On the other hand, the installation of each of the above units C, E, L, P, R and Q -40- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 部分57插接嵌入上逑支持部件47的軌道部分7 a的嵌入部分 7 c沿長方向形成,並且在前端與上述支持部件4 7的前面連 接擋板7b—體化地裝配起來,可K轉動地將緊固螺栓B安 裝在該擋板7d上。 將上述各單元C, E, L, P, R和.Q各自的安裝部分57 的嵌入部分7c插接嵌入到支持部件47的軌道部分7a,將擋 板7d接壓在支持部件47的前面,將緊固螺栓B旋入螺母孔 7b進行固定,通過該安裝部分57固定在支持壁4d上從而將 上逑各裝置C, E, L, P, R和Q安置在規定位置上。 而且,在第18圖中是第2發明的第1實施例,表示將 光照射單元L配設在台ST1和ST2的區間的大致中央部分 ,在其兩側分別配置導體爱噴射單元Ε和粘合液噴射單元 C,在台ST1上方配置CCD攝像機單元Q的構成。 此外,第18圖所示的標號80是向粘合液噴射單元C供 給陶瓷粘合液的粘合液槽,同圖中,90是向導體爱噴射單 元Ε供給導體資的導體》槽。 第2發明的第1實施例是製造用於電感的塾層體的情 形,由第23圖說明它的作業程序。 在第23圖中,基盤3從台ST1移動到台ST2時為往前 移動時間,反方向移動時為回復移動時間,表示光照射單 元L,導體齑噴射單元Ε,粘合液噴射單元C和CCD攝橡機 單元Q,省略了它們各自的安裝部分37, 57 ,塗佈它們下 端部的各部件的工作狀態或基盤3到達時的工作狀態。 在第1實施例中,進行第23圖中(a)〜(e)的作業工 -4 1- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)Printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Part 57 is inserted into the track part 7 of the upper support part 47. The embedded part 7c is formed in the long direction, and it supports the above support The front side of the component 47 is connected to the baffle plate 7b in a body-type manner, and the fastening bolt B can be rotatably mounted on the baffle plate 7d. Insert the embedded part 7c of the mounting part 57 of each of the above units C, E, L, P, R, and .Q into the track part 7a of the support member 47, and press the baffle 7d in front of the support member 47. The fastening bolt B is screwed into the nut hole 7b for fixing, and the mounting part 57 is fixed on the support wall 4d to place the upper devices C, E, L, P, R, and Q at predetermined positions. Furthermore, FIG. 18 shows the first embodiment of the second invention. The light irradiating unit L is disposed at a substantially central portion of the section between the stages ST1 and ST2, and the conductor love ejection unit E and the adhesive are respectively disposed on both sides thereof. The fluid injection unit C has a configuration in which a CCD camera unit Q is disposed above the stage ST1. In addition, reference numeral 80 shown in FIG. 18 is an adhesive liquid tank for supplying the ceramic adhesive liquid to the adhesive liquid ejection unit C, and in the same figure, 90 is a conductor groove for supplying conductive material to the conductive body ejection unit E. The first embodiment of the second invention is a case of manufacturing a plutonium body for an inductor, and its operation procedure will be described with reference to Fig. 23. In FIG. 23, when the substrate 3 is moved from the stage ST1 to the stage ST2, it is a forward movement time, and when it is moved in the reverse direction, it is a recovery movement time. It shows the light irradiation unit L, the conductor 齑 spray unit Ε, the adhesive liquid spray unit C, and The CCD camera unit Q omits their respective mounting portions 37, 57 and the working state of the components that coat their lower ends or the working state when the base plate 3 arrives. In the first embodiment, the workers in (a) to (e) in Figure 23 are performed. -4 1- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm)

565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 序0 在第23圖(a)中當基盤3進行最初的往前移動時,左 側粘合液噴射單元C和光照射單元L工作,由這個粘合液 噴射單元C噴射陶瓷粘合液在基盤3上形成規定面積的基 底絕緣層1〇〇(詳细參照第10圖),然後由光照射單元L對 該絕緣層100進行乾燥,使它成為不發粘那樣的半硬化狀 態(詳细參照第15圖)。 在第23圖(b)中當上述基盤3進行回復移動時,右側 粘合液噴射單元C,導體膏噴射單元E和光照射單元L工 作。 由這個粘合液噴射單元C在除去上逑基底絕緣層100 上的電極圖案部分102a外的區域上噴射陶瓷粘合液形成 隔片絕緣層101(詳细參照第11圖),然後,基盤3在導體 膏噴射單元E下通過時,由導體賫噴射單元E噴射導體膏 ,在上逑電極圖案部分102a上形成電極層102 (詳细參照 第12圖)。 此後當基盤3通過光照射單元L時,使在規定圖案上 形成的上述隔片絕緣層101和電極層102乾燥。 又,當基盤3回到台ST1時,上述CCD攝像機單元Q 工作,對形成的絕緣層101和電極層102的表面進行攝像。 然後在第23圖(c)中當基盤3再次進行往前移動時, 左側粘合液噴射單元C,導體膏噴射單元E和光照射單元L 工作。 由於粘合液噴射單元C,在除去上述隔片絕緣層1〇1和 -42- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ----- - 訂·!— — — — —線 j •經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 電極層102上的通孔電極部分i〇4a外的區域上噴射陶瓷 粘合液形成絕緣層103(詳细參照第13圖),然後,基盤3 在導體膏噴射單元E下通過時,由該導體赍噴射簞元E噴 射導體音,在上逑通孔電極部分l〇4a上形成通孔電極104 (詳细參照第14圖)。 而且,在上逑第23圖(a)中形成基底絕緣曆100的薄 膜層,在它上面,在基盤3的一次往復的第23圖(b) (c)中 ,形成由具有通孔電極104的電極層102和由絕緣層101, 103構成的薄膜層S7 〇 此後,通過連續進行重復上述第23圖(b)(c)的第23 圖(d) (e)的作業,製造出叠層有多涸薄膜層的感應體用 叠層體A7。 此外,在上述第23圖(b)或第23圖(d)中,將攝像到 的表面圖像發射給圖像處理裝置(圖中未示出),檢測絕緣 曆101,103有無针孔和電極層102,104有無斷線,當檢 測出有時,使工序工作中途停止從基盤3上排除製造中的 薄膜層,並且對粘合液噴射單元C和導體資噴射單元E進 行檢査,替換噴孔被堵塞的不好的噴墨噴嘴。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 第2 4圖是第2發明的第2實施例,表示製造用於電容 器的叠層體A8的情形,具有在台ST1和ST2之間的大致中 央部分配設光照射單元L,在台ST1側只配置粘合液噴射單 元C,在另一側配置導體螢噴射單元E和粘合液噴射單元C ,在台ST1上方配置CCD攝像機單元Q的樺成。 即,在用於電容的情形中,因為不需要上述通孔電極 一 43- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() ,所K省略一側的導體晉噴射單元E。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在這個第2實施例中,進行第24圖中(a)〜(d)的作 業程序。 在第24圖(a)中當基盤3進行最初的往前移動時,在 側粘合液噴射單元C和光照射單元L.工作,由這個粘合疲 噴射單元C噴射陶瓷粘合液在基盤3上形成規定面積的絕 緣層120,然後由光照射單元L對絕緣層120進行乾燥。 在第24圖(b)中當上逑基盤3進行回復移動時,右側 的粘合液噴射單元C,導體蒼噴射單元E和光照射單元L 工作0 由這個粘合液噴射單元C,在上述絕緣層120上的規 定區域上噴射陶瓷粘合液形成隔片絕緣層121,其次,當 基盤3從導體音噴射單元E下通過時,由該導體晉噴射單 元E噴射導體齎,在上述隔片絕緣層121的未被塗佈的區 域上形成導體層122。 此後,當基盤3從光照射單元L下通過時,使在規定 .圖案上形成的上述隔片絕緣層121和導體層122乾燥。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 又,當基盤3回到台ST1時,上逑CCD攝像機單元Q 工作,對形成的絕緣層121和導體層122的表面進行攝像 ,與上述相同,將用於檢査噴墨噴嘴的表面圖像發射給圖 像處理裝置。 而且,在基盤3 —次往復的第24圖(a)(b)中,形成 由導體層122和絕緣層120, 121構成的薄膜層S2。 此後,連續重復進行上述第24圖(a)(b)的第24圖(c) -44- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 A7 B7 i、發明說明() (d)的作業,製造出叠層有多個薄膜層S2的電容器用叠層 體A8 〇 第25圖是第2發明的第3實施例,表示製造感應體用 叠層體A9的情形,具有在台ST1和ST2之間的大致中央部 分及其左右兩側間隔地配設光照射單元L,在其一側(台ST1 側)的光照射單元L, L之間配置粘合液噴射單元C,並在 另一側的光照射裝置L,L之間配置導體膏噴射單元E,在 台ST1上方配置CCD攝像機單元Q的構成。 在這個第3實施例中,進行第25圖中(a)〜(d)的作 業程序。 在第25圖(a)中當基盤3進行最初的往前移動時,粘 合疲噴射單元C,導體#噴射單元E,中央和右側光照射單 元L工作。 由粘合液噴射單元C噴射陶瓷粘合液在基盤3上形成 規定面積的基底絕緣層130,當該基底絕緣層130從中央 光照射單元L下通過時進行乾燥,然後,當基底絕緣層130 從導體胥噴射單元E下通過時,由該導體膏噴射單元E噴 射導體資形成由規定電極圖案構成的電極層132。 當這個電極層132從右側的光照射單元L下通過時進 行乾燥。 在第25圖(b)中當上述基盤3進行回復移動時,粘合 液噴射單元C和左側的光照射單元L工作。 由這個粘合液噴射單元C,埋入上述基底絕緣層130上 的電極層132之間那樣地噴射陶瓷粘合液形成隔片絕緣層 -45- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂---------線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 131,當該隔片絕緣層131從左側的光照射單元L下通過 時進行乾燥。 然後,當基盤3回到台ST1時,上述CCD攝像機單元 Q工作,對形成的絕緣層131和電極層132的表面進行攝 像,與上逑相同,將用於檢査噴墨噴.嘴的表面圖像發射給 圖像處理裝置。 其次在第25圖(c)中,當基盤3再次往前移動時,粘 合液噴射軍元C,導體脅噴射單元E,中央和右側光照射單 元L·工作。 由粘合液噴射單元C,在上逑隔片絕緣層131和電極 層132上的規定區域上噴射陶瓷粘合液形成絕緣層133, 由光照射單元L對該絕緣層133進行乾燥後,當基盤3在 導體資噴射單元E下通過時,由該導體賫噴射單元E在上 述絕緣層133未被塗佈的區域上噴射導體膏形成通孔電極 134。這個通孔電極134由右側光照射單元L進行乾燥。 其次在第25圖(d)中,當基盤3再次進行回復移動時 ,導體賫噴射單元E,粘合液噴射單元C,中央和左側光照 射單元L·工作。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 由這個導體膏噴射單元E,在絕緣層131和通孔電極 134上噴射導體賫形成由規定電極圖案構成的電極層132, 由光照射單元L對該絕緣層133進行乾燥後,當基盤3在 粘合液噴射單元C下通過時,由該粘合液噴射單元C在上 逑電極層132未被塗佈的區域上噴射陶瓷粘合液形成隔片 絕緣層13 1。這個隔片絕緣層131由左側光照射單元L進 -46- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 行乾燥。 然後,當基盤3回到台ST1時,上逑CCD攝像機單元 Q工作,對形成的絕緣層131和電極層132的表面進行攝 像0 上逑第25圖(a)〜(d)M後,通過重復基盤3 —次往 復移動的第25圖(c)(d),能夠得到叠層有由具有通孔電極 134的電極層132和絕緣層131,133構成的薄膜層S3的 用於電感的叠層體A9。 依根據這個第3實施例,則因為每次形成絕緣層和電 極層時通過光照射單元L對各層面進行乾燥,所K能夠提 高隔片絕緣層13 1,電極層132,絕緣層133和通孔電極 134的塗佈或印刷精度。 第26圖是第2發明的第4實施例,表示製造用於電容 器的叠層體A10的情形,具有在台ST1和ST2之間的大致 中央部分配設光照射單元L,在其左側配置粘合液噴射單 元C,並在右側配置導體齎噴射單元E,在台ST1上方配置 .CCD攝像機單元Q的構成。 在這個第4實施例中,進行第26圖中(a)〜(d)的作 業程序。 在第26圖U)中當基盤3進行最初的往前移動時,粘 合液噴射單元C,光照射單元L和導體資噴射單元E全都 工作,首先由粘合液噴射單元C噴射陶瓷粘合液在基盤3 上形成規定面積的絕緣層14Q,當該絕緣層.140從光照射 單元L下通過時進行乾烽。 -47- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --------訂---------線j 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 然後,當絕緣曆14 0從導體膏噴射單元E下通過時, 由該導體麥噴射單元E噴射導體爱形成由規定電極圖案構 成的電極層142。 在第26圖(b)中當上述基盤3進行回復移動時,光照 射軍元L和粘合液噴射單元C工作。 由第26圖(a)形成的上述導體層142從光照射單元L 下通過時進行乾燥後,由粘合液噴射單元C,埋入上述絕 緣層140上的電極層142之間那樣地噴射陶瓷粘合液形成 隔片絕緣層141 〇 然後,當基盤3回到台ST1時,上述CCD攝像機單元 Q工作,對形成的絕緣層141和電極層142的表面進行攝 像0 其次在第26圖(c)中,在基盤3沒有到達台ST2的途 中位置的短區間,詳细地說,基盤3在從台ST1到通過光 照射單元L的位置的區間中往復移動,在這個期間光照射 單元L和粘合液噴射單元C工作。 而且,在這個短區間往前移動時,由第26圖(b)形成 的上述隔片絕緣曆141從光照射單元L下通過時進行乾燥 ,當回復移動時基盤3從粘合液噴射單元C下通過時,由 該粘合液噴射單元C噴射陶瓷粘合液在上述電極層142上 形成絕緣層140。 又,當基盤3回到台ST1時,與上述相同,上述CCD 攝像機單元Q工作,對形成的絕緣層14 G的表面進行攝像。 其次在第26圖U)中,基盤3進行往前移動,當這個 _ 4 8 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ·% t填寫士 訂---------線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明() 往前移動時光照射單元L和導體«噴射單元E工作。 當由第26圖(_c)形成的絕緣層140由光照射單元L進 行乾燥後,由導體晉噴射單元E在上逑絕緣層140上面噴 射導體罾形成由規定的電極圖構成的電極層142。 上逑第2 6圖(a)〜(d)K後,重復上逑第26圖(b)〜(d) ,能夠得到叠層有由電極層142和絕緣層140,141組成 的薄膜層S4的電容器用叠層體A10。 在這個第4實施例中,也能夠使粘合疲噴射單元C, 導體爱噴射單元E,光照射單元L的個數最少,從而能夠 縮短基盤3的移動距離。 第27圖是第2發明的第5實施例,表示製造感應體用 鲞層體的情形,詳细地說是用激光打孔裝置P製作用於形 成通孔電極的通孔的情形。 即,它具有除了配置與上逑第2實胨例相當的粘合液 噴射單元C,光照射單元L,導體賫噴射單元E和CCD攝像 機單元外,還配設有激光打孔裝置P的構成。 在這個第5實施例中,進行第27圖中(a)〜(e)的作 業工序。 在第27圖U)中當基盤3進行最初的往前移動時,粘 合液噴射單元C,光照射單元L和導體膏噴射單元E工作, 由粘合液噴射單元C嗔射陶瓷粘合液在基盤3上形成規定 面積的基底絕緣層150,當該基底絕緣層150從光照射單 元L下通過時進行乾燥。 然後基底絕緣層150從導體賫噴射單元E下通過時, -49- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Sequence 0 In Figure 23 (a), when the base plate 3 is moved forward initially, the left-side adhesive liquid ejection unit C and light irradiation unit L work, and this adhesive liquid ejection unit C sprays a ceramic adhesive solution to form a base insulating layer 100 (see FIG. 10 in detail) on the substrate 3, and then the insulating layer 100 is dried by the light irradiation unit L to make it non-tacky. (See Figure 15 for details). In Fig. 23 (b), when the substrate 3 is moved back, the adhesive liquid ejection unit C, the conductor paste ejection unit E, and the light irradiation unit L on the right side operate. This adhesive liquid spraying unit C sprays a ceramic adhesive liquid on a region excluding the electrode pattern portion 102a on the upper base insulating layer 100 to form a spacer insulating layer 101 (refer to FIG. 11 in detail). Then, the substrate 3 When passing under the conductive paste spraying unit E, the conductive paste is sprayed by the conductive grate spraying unit E, and an electrode layer 102 is formed on the upper electrode pattern portion 102a (see FIG. 12 in detail). Thereafter, when the substrate 3 passes through the light irradiation unit L, the above-mentioned spacer insulating layer 101 and electrode layer 102 formed on a predetermined pattern are dried. When the substrate 3 returns to the stage ST1, the CCD camera unit Q operates to image the surfaces of the formed insulating layer 101 and electrode layer 102. Then, in FIG. 23 (c), when the substrate 3 is moved forward again, the left-side adhesive liquid ejection unit C, the conductor paste ejection unit E, and the light irradiation unit L operate. Due to the adhesive liquid spraying unit C, the above-mentioned spacer insulation layers 101 and -42 are removed. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back first) Fill out this page) ------Order! — — — — — Line j • Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Spray the ceramic bonding solution on the area outside the through-hole electrode part i04a on the electrode layer 102 to form insulation Layer 103 (refer to FIG. 13 in detail), and then, when the substrate 3 passes under the conductor paste spraying unit E, the conductor 赍 sprays the element E to spray the conductor sound, and a through hole is formed on the upper through hole electrode portion 104a. Hole electrode 104 (refer to FIG. 14 for details). Furthermore, a thin film layer of the base insulating calendar 100 is formed in FIG. 23 (a) of the upper case. On it, in FIG. 23 (b) (c) of the substrate 3 which is reciprocated once, a through-hole electrode 104 is formed. The electrode layer 102 and the thin film layer S7 made of the insulating layers 101 and 103 are then repeated. Then, the above-mentioned operations of FIG. 23 (b) (c) and FIG. 23 (d) (e) are repeated successively to produce a laminate. Laminate A7 for inductors having a multi-layer thin film layer. In addition, in the above-mentioned FIG. 23 (b) or FIG. 23 (d), the captured surface image is transmitted to an image processing device (not shown in the figure), and the presence or absence of pinholes and Whether the electrode layers 102 and 104 are disconnected. When it is detected, the process may be stopped during the process to remove the thin film layer during manufacture from the substrate 3, and the adhesive liquid spraying unit C and the conductor material spraying unit E shall be inspected and replaced. Bad inkjet nozzle with holes blocked. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Figure 2 4 shows the second embodiment of the second invention, showing the production of a laminated body A8 for capacitors. A light irradiating unit L is provided at a substantially central portion between the stages ST1 and ST2. Only the adhesive liquid ejecting unit C is disposed on the stage ST1 side, and the conductor fluorescent ejecting unit E and the adhesive liquid ejecting unit C are disposed on the other side. Hua Cheng, a CCD camera unit Q, is arranged above the stage ST1. That is, in the case of a capacitor, the above-mentioned through-hole electrode is not required. 43- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). (Centi) 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (), the conductor K on one side is omitted from the injection unit E. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) In this second embodiment, proceed to Figure 24 (A) ~ (d). In Figure 24 (a), when the base plate 3 is moved forward, the side adhesive liquid ejection unit C and the light irradiation unit L. are operated, and the adhesion is exhausted. The spraying unit C sprays the ceramic bonding liquid on the base plate 3 A predetermined area of the insulating layer 120 is then dried by the light irradiation unit L. In FIG. 24 (b), when the upper base plate 3 is moved back, the adhesive liquid spraying unit C on the right and the conductor Cang are sprayed. Unit E and light irradiation unit L work 0. This adhesive liquid ejection unit C sprays ceramic adhesive liquid on a predetermined area on the insulating layer 120 to form a spacer insulating layer 121. Second, when the substrate 3 is ejected from the conductive sound ejection unit E, When passing downwards, the conductor 喷射 is sprayed by the conductor ejection unit E to form a conductor layer 122 on the uncoated area of the above-mentioned spacer insulating layer 121. After that, when the substrate 3 passes under the light irradiation unit L, The above-mentioned spacer insulation layer 121 and conductor layer 122 formed on the prescribed pattern are dried. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. When the substrate 3 returns to the stage ST1, the upper CCD camera unit Q works to The surface of the insulating layer 121 and the conductor layer 122 is imaged, and the surface image for inspecting the inkjet nozzle is transmitted to the image processing device in the same manner as described above. Moreover, in the substrate shown in FIG. (b), A thin film layer S2 composed of the conductor layer 122 and the insulating layers 120 and 121 is formed. Thereafter, the above-mentioned figure 24 (a) (b), figure 24 (c) -44- are repeatedly repeated in this paper. CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 565864 A7 B7 i. Description of the invention () (d) Operation to produce a laminated body A8 for a capacitor laminated with a plurality of thin film layers S2. Figure 25 is the second A third embodiment of the invention shows a case where a laminated body A9 for inductors is manufactured. The light irradiating unit L is disposed at a substantially central portion between the stages ST1 and ST2 and on the left and right sides thereof. An adhesive liquid spraying unit C is arranged between the light irradiation units L and L of the stage ST1), and a conductive paste spraying unit E is arranged between the other light irradiation units L and L, and a CCD camera unit is arranged above the stage ST1 The composition of Q. In this third embodiment, the operations (a) to (d) in Fig. 25 are performed. In Fig. 25 (a), when the substrate 3 is initially moved forward, the adhesive exhaustion unit C, the conductor #injection unit E, and the center and right-side light irradiation units L operate. The ceramic bonding liquid is sprayed from the bonding liquid spraying unit C to form a base insulating layer 130 of a predetermined area on the substrate 3, and the base insulating layer 130 is dried when passing through the central light irradiation unit L, and then, when the base insulating layer 130 When passing under the conductor / ejection unit E, the conductor paste is ejected by the conductor paste ejection unit E to form an electrode layer 132 having a predetermined electrode pattern. This electrode layer 132 is dried when it passes under the light irradiation unit L on the right side. In Fig. 25 (b), when the substrate 3 is moved back, the adhesive liquid ejection unit C and the left light irradiation unit L operate. From this adhesive liquid spraying unit C, a ceramic adhesive liquid is sprayed as between the electrode layers 132 buried on the above-mentioned base insulating layer 130 to form a spacer insulating layer. -45- This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Order --------- Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention () 131, drying when the spacer insulating layer 131 passes under the light irradiation unit L on the left side. Then, when the substrate 3 returns to the stage ST1, the above-mentioned CCD camera unit Q works, and images the surface of the formed insulating layer 131 and electrode layer 132, which is the same as the upper case, and will be used to check the surface of the inkjet nozzle. The image is transmitted to the image processing device. Next, in Fig. 25 (c), when the substrate 3 is moved forward again, the viscous liquid jetting unit C, the conductor jetting unit E, and the central and right-side light irradiation units L · work. The adhesive liquid spraying unit C sprays a ceramic adhesive liquid on a predetermined area on the upper spacer insulating layer 131 and the electrode layer 132 to form an insulating layer 133. After the insulating layer 133 is dried by the light irradiation unit L, When the substrate 3 passes under the conductive material spraying unit E, the conductive paste spraying unit E sprays a conductive paste on the area where the insulating layer 133 is not coated to form a through-hole electrode 134. This through-hole electrode 134 is dried by the right-side light irradiation unit L. Next, in Fig. 25 (d), when the substrate 3 is moved back again, the conductor 賫 spray unit E, the adhesive liquid spray unit C, and the center and left side light irradiation units L · work. The Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs prints the conductor paste spray unit E, sprays the conductor 賫 on the insulating layer 131 and the through-hole electrode 134 to form an electrode layer 132 composed of a predetermined electrode pattern, and the light is irradiated to the insulation unit L. After the layer 133 is dried, when the substrate 3 passes under the adhesive liquid spraying unit C, the adhesive liquid spraying unit C sprays the ceramic adhesive liquid on the uncoated area of the upper electrode layer 132 to form a spacer insulation. Layer 13 1. This spacer insulation layer 131 is fed by the left-side light irradiation unit L-46- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 565864 Printed by A7 B7, Employee Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Description of the invention () Line drying. Then, when the substrate 3 returns to the stage ST1, the upper CCD camera unit Q is operated, and the surfaces of the formed insulating layer 131 and the electrode layer 132 are imaged. 0 After the images (a) to (d) M of FIG. 25 are passed, Repeating the reciprocating movement of the base plate 3-25 times (c) and (d), it is possible to obtain a stack for inductors, in which a thin film layer S3 composed of an electrode layer 132 having a through-hole electrode 134 and insulating layers 131 and 133 is laminated. Layer body A9. According to this third embodiment, since the layers are dried by the light irradiation unit L each time the insulating layer and the electrode layer are formed, the spacer insulating layer 13 1, the electrode layer 132, the insulating layer 133, and the passivation layer can be improved. Coating or printing accuracy of the hole electrode 134. Fig. 26 is a fourth embodiment of the second invention, showing a case where a laminated body A10 for capacitors is manufactured, and a light irradiation unit L is distributed at a substantially central portion between the stages ST1 and ST2, and an adhesive is arranged on the left side thereof. The liquid injection unit C is configured with a conductor 赍 injection unit E on the right and a CCD camera unit Q on the stage ST1. In this fourth embodiment, the operations (a) to (d) in Fig. 26 are performed. In Figure 26 (U), when the substrate 3 is moved forward for the first time, the bonding liquid spraying unit C, the light irradiation unit L and the conductor material spraying unit E all work. First, the bonding liquid spraying unit C sprays ceramic bonding. The liquid forms an insulating layer 14Q of a predetermined area on the substrate 3, and is dried when the insulating layer 140 passes under the light irradiation unit L. -47- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -------- Order ------ --- line j 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Then, when the insulation calendar 14 passes through the conductor paste spray unit E, the conductor sprays the conductor to form an electrode layer composed of a prescribed electrode pattern. 142. In Fig. 26 (b), when the above-mentioned base plate 3 is moved back, the light-emitting unit L and the adhesive-liquid injection unit C are operated. The conductive layer 142 formed in FIG. 26 (a) is dried as it passes under the light irradiation unit L, and is then sprayed by the adhesive liquid spraying unit C between the electrode layers 142 embedded in the insulating layer 140 as described above. The adhesive liquid forms the spacer insulating layer 141. Then, when the substrate 3 returns to the stage ST1, the above-mentioned CCD camera unit Q operates to image the surfaces of the formed insulating layer 141 and the electrode layer 142. Next, in FIG. 26 (c ), In a short section where the base plate 3 does not reach the position on the stage ST2, in detail, the base plate 3 reciprocates in a section from the stage ST1 to a position passing the light irradiation unit L, during which the light irradiation units L and The adhesive liquid spraying unit C operates. Furthermore, when moving forward in this short interval, the above-mentioned spacer insulation calendar 141 formed in FIG. 26 (b) is dried when it passes under the light irradiation unit L, and the substrate 3 is discharged from the adhesive liquid ejection unit C when it moves back. When passing downward, a ceramic bonding liquid is sprayed from the bonding liquid spraying unit C to form an insulating layer 140 on the electrode layer 142. When the substrate 3 returns to the stage ST1, the CCD camera unit Q operates in the same manner as described above, and the surface of the formed insulating layer 14G is imaged. Secondly, in Figure 26 (U), the base plate 3 is moved forward. When this _ 4 8-this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back first) (Fill out this page) ·% t fill in the order book --------- Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 Printed by the Employee Cooperative Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs When moving forward, the light irradiation unit L and the conductor «injection unit E operate. After the insulating layer 140 formed in FIG. 26 (_c) is dried by the light irradiation unit L, the conductor spraying unit E sprays the conductor 罾 on the upper insulating layer 140 to form an electrode layer 142 composed of a predetermined electrode pattern. After loading (a) ~ (d) K of Fig. 26 and repeating Fig. 26 (b) ~ (d) of Fig. 26, a thin film layer S4 composed of an electrode layer 142 and insulating layers 140 and 141 can be obtained. Laminate A10 for capacitors. In this fourth embodiment, it is also possible to minimize the number of the bonding fatigue spray unit C, the conductor love spray unit E, and the light irradiation unit L, so that the moving distance of the substrate 3 can be shortened. Fig. 27 is a fifth embodiment of the second invention, and shows a case where a ytterbium layer for an inductor is manufactured, and in particular, a case where a via hole for forming a via electrode is formed by a laser drilling device P. That is, it has a configuration in which in addition to the adhesive liquid ejection unit C, light irradiation unit L, conductor beam ejection unit E, and CCD camera unit equivalent to the second embodiment, a laser drilling device P is provided. . In this fifth embodiment, the operation steps (a) to (e) in Fig. 27 are performed. In Figure 27 (U), when the substrate 3 is moved forward for the first time, the bonding liquid spraying unit C, the light irradiation unit L, and the conductive paste spraying unit E work, and the bonding liquid spraying unit C shoots the ceramic bonding liquid. A base insulating layer 150 having a predetermined area is formed on the substrate 3 and dried when the base insulating layer 150 passes under the light irradiation unit L. When the base insulating layer 150 passes under the conductor / jetting unit E, -49- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm)

565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 由該導體赍噴射單元E噴射導體裔形成由規定電極圖案構 成的電極層152。 在第27圖(b)中當上逑基盤3進行回復移動時,光照 射單元L和粘合液噴射單元C工作。 由第27圖(a)形成的上述電極層.152從光照射單元L 下通過時進行乾燥後,由粘合液噴射單元C,埋入上述基 底絕緣層150上電極層152之間那樣地噴射陶瓷粘合液形 成隔片絕緣層1 5 1。 然後,當基盤3回到台ST1時,上逑CCD攝像機單元 Q工作,對形成的絕緣層151和電極層152的表面進行攝 像。 其次在第2 7圖(c)中,當基盤3再次往前移動時,粘 合液噴射單元C,光照射單元L和上述激光打孔單元P工 作。 當基盤3從粘合液噴射單元C下通過時,粘合液嗔射 單元C噴射陶瓷粘合液形成覆蓋上述隔片絕緣層151和電 .極層152的全部上面的絕緣層153,當該絕緣層153從光 照射單元L下通過時進行乾燥。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 其次,當基盤3從激光打孔單元P下通過時,由該激 光打孔單元P在上述絕緣層153的規定位置上打出貫通上 述電極層152的通孔15 5。 其次在第27圖(d)中,基盤3從台ST2開始回復移動 ,但是在基盤3沒有回到ST1的途中位置的短區間,詳细 地說,基盤3在從台ST2到通過光照射單元L的位置的區 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 間中進行回復移動和往前移動,在這涸期間光照射單元L 和導體膏噴射單元E工作。 而且,在這個短區間進行回復移動時,當從導體膏噴 射單元E下通過時,由該導體胥噴射單元E唄射導體赍充 填進上述通孔155內形成通孔電極15.4,這個通孔電極154 通過光照射單元L時進行乾燥。另一方面,在短區間中進 行往前移動時,由導體奢噴射單元E在絕緣層153和通孔 電極154的上面形成規定圖案的電極層152。 此後在第27圖(e)中,當基盤3進行回復移動時粘合 液噴射單元C,光照射單元L工作。 當由第27圖(d)形成的上述電極層152從光照射單元 L下通過時進行乾烽後,由粘合液噴射單元C在上逑電極 層152未被塗佈區域上噴射陶瓷粘合液形成絕緣層151。 然後,當基盤3回到台ST1時,上述CCD攝像機簞元 Q工作,對形成的絕緣層151和電極層152的表面進行攝 像0 上逑第27圖(a)〜(e) Μ後,通過重復上逑第27圖(c) 〜(e),能夠得到與上述第2實施例相同的感應體用叠層 體。 第2 8圖是第2發明的第6實施例,表示製造用於感應 體的叠層體的情形,詳细地說是表示附設由作為假壓接裝 置的按壓滾筒R構成的滾筒壓接單元的情形。具體地,舉 例表示在第1實施例的配置構成中追加滾筒壓接單元的情 形。 -51- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格&lt;210 X 297公釐) I1IIIIII1I — I I I I I I I 1 ^? 1111111 -^^ ^^^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 因為已經根據第2 3圖述說了是這個第6實施例的作業 程序的第28圖,所K為了便於說明起見,在圖中加上相同 的標號並省略對它們的說明,但是在中央光照射單元L和 右側導體膏噴射單元E之間可Μ上下移動地配設滾筒壓接 單元R,該滾筒壓接單元β在第28圖(c)中正在進行工作 (向下移動)。 即,在進行上逑第28圖(c)的各工作時,形成了通孔 電極1G4的絕緣層103從光照射單元L下通過時進行乾燥 後,滾筒壓接單元R向下移動到在進行前移動的基盤3上 ,通過按壓通孔電極104和絕緣層103的上面對薄膜層進 行假壓接。 通過這個假壓接,對在薄膜曆上面產生的微细的凹凸 不平進行均勻實現均質化,並且提高了與下層的薄膜層的 緊密接著性。 因為上逑滾筒壓接單元R的具體構造與上述第16圖相 同,所Κ省略對它們的具體說明。 此外,在上述各實施例中,每次當基盤3往前移動或 回復移動時,伴隨著可動台2的向下移動基盤3向下移動 ,這個向下移動距離相當於往前移動或回復移動時形成的 絕緣層,導體層的厚度,總是保持各單元與形成層上面之 間的距離恒定。 又,上述基盤3可Κ移動比可動台2的Υ軸方向的移 動短的距離,但是可Μ用於將各單元設置在支持部件上後 ,與各單元向里行進的長度(Υ軸方向的長度)對應地對基 -52- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再^寫本頁) ¾. 線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 盤位於其下方的位置進行調整。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 而且,在上述各實施例中,對絕緣曆形成單元,導體 層形成單元等的各單元的具體構造,配設,作業程序進行 了說明,但是只要沿著本發明的宗旨,不限定於實施例的 記載,可K適當地變更這些配設,個.數,作業程序等。 例如,作為絕緣層形成單元可K是刮刀方式的,安裝 各單元的支持部件不限於第20圖或第22圖的構造,或者可 以將CCD攝像機單元配置在台ST2上方,每次當基盤往前 移動或回復移動時對表面圖進行攝像等。 其次說明第2 9〜39圖所示的第3發明的叠層體製造裝 置,第29圖和第30圖表示製造裝置的概要,在構成機殼4 的前面部分的垂直支持壁4 f上可以旋轉地安裝旋轉鼓160 ,並且該旋轉鼓160的下方一側附近配設向上述旋轉鼓 160供給載體膜f的供給機構170,直接在旋轉鼓160的下 面配設回收製造出來的叠層體回收機構180。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在機殼4內一起設置了驅動上述旋轉鼓160的馬達Μ 及其減速控制裝置,又,圖中未示出,但是配置了收容陶 瓷粘合液的粘合液箱,收容導體脅的導體膏箱,真空櫬構 ,控制箱,和配線裝置。 旋轉鼓160是由不銹鋼等金屬製的多角形鼓(圖中的 示例為12角形),對旋轉鼓160的外周上連缜的平坦作業 面160a進行區劃,在各作業面160a上打出由真空產生吸 引作用的吸附孔161。 由上述馬達使這個旋轉鼓160連續旋轉或間歇旋轉那 -53- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 樣地設定旋轉鼓,從載體膜供給機構170向該旋轉鼓供給 載體膜f時使該旋轉鼓160連續旋轉,將該載體膜f卷在 外周上敷設在上逑各作業面16Qa上。 又,在旋轉鼓160間歇旋轉時的停止狀態中,配置對 著上逑各作業面16Qa實施各作業的作業台或備用的作業 台,在這些#業台上,適當地配設絕緣層形成裝置,導體 層形成裝置,乾燥裝置,攝像裝置,按壓裝置,假壓接裝 置,切斷裝置等。 具體地說,我們在第29圖,第31圖中,說明使旋轉鼓 160沿順時鐘方向間歇旋轉,將其停止狀態的1個位置作 為第1台ST1,順時鐘方向為第2台ST2,第3台ST3,第 12台ST12的情形。 上述ST1作為預備台,ST2作為上述載體膜f的安裝 台,在ST3上配設粘合液噴射單元C和CCD攝像機單元Q, 在ST4上配設乾煉單元L,在ST5上配設按壓單元R,在ST6 上配設導體麥噴射單元E和CCD攝像機單元Q,在ST7上配 •設乾燥單元L。 又,在上述ST8上配設粘合液噴射單元C,導體哥噴 射軍元E和CCD攝像機單元Q,在ST9上配設乾燥單元l, 在ST1D上配設假壓接單元R,在ST11上配設切斷裝置, ST 12直接位於在旋轉鼓160的下面,是回收上述叠層體 A的回收台。 配置上逑各裝置,即絕緣層形成單元C,導體裔形成 單元E,按壓單元R”,CCD攝像機單元Q,假壓接單元R,切 -54- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I I III — — — -III — — — — ^ « — — — — — — II Awl (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 A7 _ B7 五、發明說明() 斷單元X,使它們可裝卸進行替換地安裝在裝在上述支持 壁4f上的各個支持框4g上。 粘合液噴射單元C是K微小間隔並設多個噴墨噴嘴構 成的,是從這個選出的噴嘴噴射陶瓷粘合疲的噴墨方式的 示例。 同樣,導體爱噴射單元E也是Μ微小間隔並設多個噴 墨噴嘴構成的,具有從選出的噴嘴噴射導體膏的噴墨方式。 舉例表示乾燥單元L使用通過熱送風使陶瓷粘合液和 導體赍乾燥到不發粘的半硬化狀態的乾烽機的情形。此外 ,也可Κ用通過光照射使陶瓷粘合液和導體賫乾燥的乾燥 機作為乾燥單元L。 按壓装置使用旋轉自由的按壓滾筒,具有與上述發 明同樣的構成,一面對由形成的絕緣層和導體層構成的薄 膜層的上面進行均匀化,一面進行按壓。 在上述粘合液噴射單元C和導體資噴射單元Ε中,在 作業面160a上可Κ沿X軸方向(旋轉鼓160的圓周方向), .Y軸方向(旋轉鼓160的寬度方向)移動地配設這些噴墨噴 .嘴並且可以對這個移動量進行控制,同時可K沿在作業面 160a上垂直地上下移動的Z軸方向(接觸離開方向)移動 地配設這些噴墨噴嘴並且可K對這個移動量進行控制。 又,在按壓單元R”中,可K在X軸方向和Z軸方向移 動地配設它的按壓滾筒。 CCD攝像機單元Q,對後逑的載體膜f或最初形成的 絕緣層上的基準標記進行攝像發射給圖像處理裝置,因此 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項寫本頁)565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The conductor 赍 spray unit E sprays a conductor to form an electrode layer 152 composed of a predetermined electrode pattern. In Fig. 27 (b), when the upper base plate 3 is moved back, the light emitting unit L and the adhesive liquid ejecting unit C are operated. The electrode layer 152 formed in FIG. 27 (a) is dried while passing under the light irradiation unit L, and then sprayed as described above by the adhesive liquid spraying unit C and buried between the electrode layers 152 on the base insulating layer 150. The ceramic bonding liquid forms a spacer insulating layer 1 5 1. Then, when the substrate 3 returns to the stage ST1, the upper CCD camera unit Q is operated, and the surfaces of the formed insulating layer 151 and the electrode layer 152 are imaged. Next, in Fig. 27 (c), when the substrate 3 is moved forward again, the adhesive liquid ejection unit C, the light irradiation unit L, and the above-mentioned laser drilling unit P operate. When the substrate 3 passes under the adhesive liquid ejection unit C, the adhesive liquid ejection unit C ejects the ceramic adhesive liquid to form an insulating layer 153 covering all of the above-mentioned spacer insulating layer 151 and the electrode layer 152. The insulating layer 153 is dried when passing under the light irradiation unit L. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. When the base plate 3 passes under the laser drilling unit P, the laser drilling unit P punches through holes in the predetermined position of the insulating layer 153. 15 5. Secondly, in FIG. 27 (d), the base plate 3 starts to move back from the stage ST2, but in the short interval where the base plate 3 does not return to the position of ST1, in detail, the base plate 3 is from the stage ST2 to the passing light irradiation unit. The paper size of the location of L applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 565864 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Forward movement, during which the light irradiation unit L and the conductor paste spray unit E are operated. Moreover, during the return movement in this short section, when passing through the conductor paste spray unit E, the conductor 胥 spray unit E 呗 shoots the conductor 赍 into the through hole 155 to form a through hole electrode 15.4. This through hole electrode 154 Dry when passing through unit L. On the other hand, when moving forward in a short interval, the conductor injection unit E forms an electrode layer 152 in a predetermined pattern on the insulating layer 153 and the via electrode 154. Thereafter, in Fig. 27 (e), the adhesive liquid ejection unit C and the light irradiation unit L are operated when the substrate 3 is moved back. After the electrode layer 152 formed in FIG. 27 (d) is dried while passing under the light irradiation unit L, the adhesive liquid spraying unit C sprays ceramic bonding on the uncoated area of the upper electrode layer 152液 forms an insulating layer 151. Then, when the substrate 3 returns to the stage ST1, the above-mentioned CCD camera unit Q works to image the surfaces of the formed insulating layer 151 and electrode layer 152. 0 After the images (a) to (e) of FIG. 27 are passed, Repeating the above drawings (c) to (e) of FIG. 27, a laminated body for an inductor similar to the second embodiment can be obtained. Fig. 28 is a sixth embodiment of the second invention, showing a case where a laminated body for an inductor is manufactured, and in detail, a roller crimping unit including a pressing roller R as a dummy crimping device is attached; Situation. Specifically, an example is shown in which the roller crimping unit is added to the arrangement configuration of the first embodiment. -51- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications &lt; 210 X 297 mm) I1IIIIII1I — IIIIIII 1 ^? 1111111-^^ ^^^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 565864 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention () Because it has been described according to Fig. 23 that it is Fig. 28 of the working procedure of this sixth embodiment, for convenience of explanation, the same reference numerals are added to the figures and the corresponding They are explained, but a roller crimping unit R is provided between the central light irradiation unit L and the right conductor paste spraying unit E so as to move up and down, and the roller crimping unit β is working in FIG. 28 (c) (Move Downward). That is, during the operations of the upper part of FIG. 28 (c), the insulating layer 103 formed with the through-hole electrode 1G4 is dried while passing through the light irradiation unit L, and the roller crimping unit R is moved downward to the ongoing state. On the substrate 3 moved forward, the thin-film layer is press-bonded by pressing the upper surface of the through-hole electrode 104 and the insulating layer 103. By this false crimping, the fine unevenness generated on the film calendar is uniformly homogenized, and the adhesion to the lower film layer is improved. Since the specific structure of the upper roll pressure-contact unit R is the same as that of the above-mentioned Fig. 16, detailed description thereof will be omitted. In addition, in the above embodiments, each time when the base plate 3 moves forward or moves back, the base plate 3 moves downward with the downward movement of the movable table 2, and this downward movement distance is equivalent to the forward movement or the return movement The thickness of the insulating layer and the conductor layer formed at the time always keeps the distance between each unit and the top of the forming layer constant. In addition, the base plate 3 can be moved a shorter distance than the movement in the Z axis direction of the movable table 2. However, it can be used for the length (in the Z axis direction) in which each unit travels inward after being installed on the support member. Length) Corresponds to the base-52- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page) ¾. Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the employee consumer cooperative 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The position of the disc is adjusted below. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page.) Furthermore, in the above-mentioned embodiments, the specific structure, arrangement, and operation procedures of each unit such as the insulation calendar forming unit, the conductor layer forming unit, etc. have been described, but The arrangement, number, operation procedure, etc. may be appropriately changed as long as it is along the gist of the present invention and is not limited to the description of the examples. For example, the insulating layer forming unit K may be of a scraper type, and the supporting parts for mounting each unit are not limited to the structure of Fig. 20 or Fig. 22, or the CCD camera unit may be arranged above the stage ST2, and each time the substrate advances Take a picture of the surface map when moving or returning to move. Next, the laminated body manufacturing apparatus of the third invention shown in FIGS. 2 to 39 is described. FIGS. 29 and 30 show the outline of the manufacturing apparatus. The vertical support wall 4 f constituting the front part of the casing 4 can be used. A rotary drum 160 is rotatably installed, and a supply mechanism 170 for supplying the carrier film f to the rotary drum 160 is arranged near the lower side of the rotary drum 160. A laminated body manufactured by recycling is disposed directly below the rotary drum 160 for recycling. Agency 180. The consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs prints a motor M and a deceleration control device for driving the rotating drum 160 in the casing 4 together, and it is not shown in the figure, but it is equipped with a ceramic containing adhesive. Liquid junction box, conductor paste box for containing conductors, vacuum structure, control box, and wiring device. The rotary drum 160 is a polygonal drum made of metal such as stainless steel (the example in the figure is a 12-corner shape). The rotary drum 160 is divided into flat working surfaces 160a on the outer periphery of the rotary drum 160, and a vacuum is generated on each working surface 160a. Suction effect of the suction hole 161. The rotating drum 160 is continuously rotated or intermittently rotated by the above motor. -53- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm). Explanation of the invention () The rotary drum is set in the same manner. When the carrier film f is supplied from the carrier film supply mechanism 170 to the rotary drum, the rotary drum 160 is continuously rotated, and the carrier film f is rolled around the outer periphery and laid on each work surface of the upper cymbal. 16Qa. In addition, in the stopped state during the intermittent rotation of the rotary drum 160, a workbench or a standby workbench for performing each operation against each work surface 16Qa of the upper cymbal is disposed, and an insulation layer forming device is appropriately arranged on these workbenches. , Conductor layer forming device, drying device, imaging device, pressing device, dummy crimping device, cutting device, etc. Specifically, in FIGS. 29 and 31, the rotating drum 160 is intermittently rotated in the clockwise direction, and one position in the stopped state is referred to as the first ST1, and the clockwise direction is the second ST2. In the case of the third ST3 and the twelfth ST12. The ST1 is used as a preparation table, and the ST2 is used as a mounting table for the carrier film f. An adhesive liquid injection unit C and a CCD camera unit Q are provided on ST3, a dry unit L is provided on ST4, and a pressing unit is provided on ST5. R, a conductor wheat spray unit E and a CCD camera unit Q are provided on ST6, and a drying unit L is provided on ST7. In addition, the above-mentioned ST8 is provided with an adhesive liquid spraying unit C, a conductive spraying unit E and a CCD camera unit Q, a drying unit 1 is installed on ST9, a dummy crimping unit R is installed on ST1D, and ST11 is installed on A cutting device is provided, and the ST 12 is located directly below the rotary drum 160 and is a collection table for collecting the above-mentioned laminated body A. Configure the upper devices, namely the insulation layer forming unit C, the conductor forming unit E, the pressing unit R ", the CCD camera unit Q, and the false crimping unit R, cut -54- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) II III — — — —III — — — — ^ «— — — — — — II Awl (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 565864 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention () Break unit X so that they can be detachably mounted on each support frame 4g mounted on the above-mentioned support wall 4f. The adhesive liquid ejection unit C is composed of a small interval of K and a plurality of inkjet nozzles. An example of an inkjet method that sprays ceramic adhesion from this selected nozzle. Similarly, the conductor love ejection unit E is also composed of a plurality of inkjet nozzles with a small interval, and has an inkjet method that sprays a conductor paste from the selected nozzle. An example shows a case where the drying unit L uses a drying machine that dries the ceramic adhesive liquid and the conductor to a non-sticky, semi-hardened state by hot air blowing. In addition, the ceramic adhesive liquid and the conductor can also be irradiated with light.賫 dry The dryer is used as the drying unit L. The pressing device uses a freely rotating pressing roller and has the same structure as the above-mentioned invention. The upper surface of the thin film layer composed of the formed insulating layer and the conductive layer is uniformized and pressed. In the above-mentioned adhesive liquid spraying unit C and conductor material spraying unit E, the working surface 160a can be configured to move in the X-axis direction (the circumferential direction of the rotary drum 160) and the Y-axis direction (the width direction of the rotary drum 160). These inkjet nozzles are provided, and the amount of movement can be controlled. At the same time, these inkjet nozzles can be movably arranged in the Z-axis direction (contact and separation direction) that moves vertically up and down on the working surface 160a, and can This amount of movement is controlled. Further, in the pressing unit R ", its pressing roller is disposed so that it can move in the X-axis direction and the Z-axis direction. The CCD camera unit Q shoots the reference film on the rear carrier film f or the initial formed insulating layer and transmits it to the image processing device. Therefore, this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ) -------------- ^ (Please read the notes on the back to write this page)

• H ϋ I 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() ,為了使上述粘合液噴射單元C,導體麥噴射單元E和絕 緣層(塗佈對象的面)的位置重合,能夠對該簞元C, E的X 軸方向和Y軸方向的位置進行控制。 假壓接單元β,其中舉例表示出在作業面160a上沿Z 軸方向上下移動的壓板190,通過該壓板190的下降,對 每1層或多個叠層層,按壓由在作業面160a上形成的絕 緣層和電極餍構成的薄膜層的上面進行假壓接。 切斷單元X,其中舉例表示出在作業面160a上可K沿 X軸方向和Z軸方向移動地配設的截斷器210,通過該截 斷器210的下降,切斷該作業面160a上的載體膜f,並使 它與其他區劃的載體膜f分雜。 膜供給機構170,從捲入由聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯等的 合成樹脂膜構成的載體膜f的膜滾筒171取出上述載體膜 f供給旋轉鼓160,由吸附保持載體膜f前端部的導臂172 ,截斷器173和張力滾筒174構成。 導臂172在旋轉鼓160所在的第2台ST2近旁可以接 觸離開作業面160a可以搖動地配置,當接近作業面160a 時與保持著的載體膜f接觸地引渡載體膜f (請參照第31圖 卜 上述旋轉鼓1 6 0,通過吸附孔1 6 1的真空吸引,吸住 上述膜f的前端部後連續地旋轉一次,因此在旋轉160上 使載體膜f旋轉一周地敷設在各作業面160a上。 上述截斷器173在旋轉鼓160旋轉一次停止後切斷載 體膜f並使它們分離。 -56- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂·· -線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 叠層體回收機構180配置在旋轉鼓16G所在的上述第 12台ST12上,由直接在旋轉鼓160下面升降移動的回收台 181和驅動機構182向上逑回收台181往復移動和相反轉 動的回收臂1 8 3構成。 這個回收機構180,在通過旋轉鼓160的規定數的旋 轉在載體膜f上形成叠層體的最後階段,在第Η台”11上 由切斷單元X切斷分離的載體膜到達第12台ST12,當 該作業面160a的吸引作用停止時由回收台181接受附著 在上逑載體膜f上的叠層體A,通過回收臂183將它收容 在回收箱184中(參照第31圖)。 下面,根據第32圖說明由上述旋轉鼓160製造叠層體 A的作業程序。 首先,如上所逑,通過旋轉鼓160連缜旋轉一次,在 旋轉鼓160的各作業面160a上敷設載體膜f後(參照第31 圖),然後當旋轉鼓160間歇旋轉時,開始由第32圖說明 的作業工序。此外,第32圖說明用於電感的叠層體的製造 .情形。 在第32圖(a)中,當旋轉鼓160的作業面160a停止 在ST3上時,在該ST3上粘合液噴射單元C工作,這個粘合 液噴射單元C 一面沿X軸方向移動,一面噴射陶瓷粘合液 在載體膜f上形成規定面積的基底絕緣曆220(詳细參照第 3 4 圖)〇 在第32圖(b)中,當上述作業面160a.移動到ST4上時 ,由該ST4的乾燥單元L使上述基底絕緣層220的上面乾 -57- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製• H ϋ I Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () In order to make the above-mentioned adhesive liquid spraying unit C, conductor wheat spraying unit E, and the insulation layer (the surface of the coating object) The position coincidence can control the positions of the X and Y axis directions of the unit C and E. The dummy crimping unit β shows an example of a pressure plate 190 moving up and down along the Z-axis direction on the working surface 160a. The lowering of the pressure plate 190 presses each layer or multiple layers on the working surface 160a. The upper surface of the formed insulating layer and the thin-film layer composed of the electrode 进行 was temporarily crimped. The cutting unit X is an example of a cutter 210 provided on the working surface 160a so that the K can move in the X-axis direction and the Z-axis direction. The carrier on the working surface 160a is cut by the lowering of the cutter 210. The film f is separated from the carrier film f of other regions. The film supply mechanism 170 takes out the carrier film f from a film roll 171 wound with a carrier film f made of a synthetic resin film such as polyethylene terephthalate, and supplies the carrier film f to the rotary drum 160. The guide arm 172, the interrupter 173, and the tension roller 174 are configured. The guide arm 172 can be placed near the second ST2 where the rotating drum 160 is located, and can be shaken away from the working surface 160a. When approaching the working surface 160a, the carrier film f is extrapolated in contact with the carrier film f (see FIG. 31) Since the rotating drum 1660 is sucked by the vacuum of the suction hole 161, the front end of the film f is sucked and rotated continuously once. Therefore, the carrier film f is rotated on the rotation 160 to lay on each working surface 160a. The above-mentioned cutter 173 cuts off the carrier film f and separates them after the rotating drum 160 stops once. -56- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read first Note on the back, please fill in this page again.) Order ··--· Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed by employee consumer cooperatives 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The laminated body recovery mechanism 180 is arranged on the 12th above where the rotary drum 16G is located The table ST12 is composed of a recovery table 181 that moves up and down directly below the rotary drum 160 and a driving mechanism 182 that retracts the recovery table 181 up and down and a recovery arm 1 8 3 that rotates in the opposite direction. This recovery mechanism 180, In the final stage of forming a laminate on the carrier film f by a predetermined number of rotations of the drum 160, the separated carrier film is cut by the cutting unit X on the second stage "11 to reach the twelfth stage ST12. When the suction operation is stopped, the recovery body 181 receives the laminated body A attached to the upper carrier film f, and stores it in the recovery box 184 through the recovery arm 183 (refer to FIG. 31). The operation procedure of manufacturing the laminated body A by the rotary drum 160. First, as described above, the rotary drum 160 is rotated once in a row, and a carrier film f is laid on each working surface 160a of the rotary drum 160 (see FIG. 31). Then, when the rotary drum 160 is intermittently rotated, the operation process illustrated in FIG. 32 is started. In addition, FIG. 32 illustrates the manufacturing of a laminated body for an inductor. In FIG. 32 (a), when the rotary drum 160 is When the working surface 160a of ST is stopped on ST3, the bonding liquid spraying unit C works on the ST3. This bonding liquid spraying unit C moves along the X-axis direction while spraying the ceramic bonding liquid to form a predetermined area on the carrier film f. Base insulation calendar 220 (refer to section 3 4 for details) ) In Fig. 32 (b), when the working surface 160a. Is moved to ST4, the drying unit L of the ST4 makes the upper surface of the above-mentioned insulating base layer 220 dry. CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 燥成為不發粘的那樣的半硬化狀態。在第32圖(c)中,當 上述作業面作業面160a移動到ST5時,在該ST5,按壓單 元R”工作,它的按壓滾筒與上述基底絕緣層220接觸沿X 軸方向移動。因此,對用噴墨方式在基底絕緣層220的上 面產生的微细凹凸不平進行均勻實現.均質化。 其次在第32圖(d)中,當上述作業面160a移動到ST6 時,在該ST6,導體資噴射單元E工作,這個導體裔噴射 單元E —面沿X軸方向移動一面在基底絕緣層220上噴射 導體資,形成由規定圖案構成的電極層2 2 2,並且在對角 線上的規定位置上形成基準標記221(詳细參照第35圖)。 此外,只有當旋轉鼓160的最初的間馱旋轉時才形成基準 標記221。 在第32圖(e)中,當上逑作業面160a移動到ST7上時 ,由在該ST7的乾燥單元L對導體層222的上面乾煉。 其次在第32圖(f)中,當上述作業面160a到達ST8時 ,在ST8的粘合液噴射單元C和導體齎噴射單元E工作, 這個粘合液噴射單元C粘合液形成隔片絕緣層223,又, 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 導體資噴射單元E —面沿X軸方向移動一面在上述電極層 2 2 2的規定位置上噴射導體齎形成通孔電極2 2 4 (詳细參照 第36圖)。 此外,先使上述粘合液噴射單元C和導體爱噴射單元 E工作,通過ST8的CCD攝像機單元Q對上述基準標記221 進行攝像,對將該標記221作為基準的粘合液噴射單元C 和導體資噴射單元E的X軸-Y軸座標進行控制。 -5 8 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 在第32圖(g)中,當上述作業面160a移動到ST9時, 由該ST 9的乾燥裝'置L對上逑隔片絕緣層2 2 3和通孔電極 2 2 4進行乾燥。 此後,上述作業面160a在ST10〜ST12〜ST2不實施 任何作業地通過,再次移動到ST3。. 在第32圖(h)中,當上述作業面160a停止在ST3時, 在該ST 3粘合液噴射單元C工作,這涸粘合液噴射單元C 一面沿X軸方向移動一面噴射陶瓷粘合液,這次在除去上 逑通孔電極224外的區域上形成絕緣層22 5。 此外,先使上逑粘合液噴射單元C工作,ST 3的C CD攝 像機單元Q對上逑基準標記221進行攝像,對粘合液噴射 單元C的X軸-Y軸座標進行控制。 在第32圖(i)中,當上述作業面160a移動到ST4時, 與上逑同樣地,由該ST4的乾燥装置L對上述絕緣層2 2 5的 上面進行乾燥。 在第32圖ϋ)中,當上述作業面160a移動到ST5時, .在該ST5按壓裝置R”工作,它的按壓滾筒一面與上述絕緣 層2 2 5接觸一面沿X軸方向移動,對絕緣層2 2 5的上面產 生的微细凹凸不平進行均勻。 在第32圖(k)中,當上逑作業面160a移動到ST6時, 在該ST 6導體耷噴射單元E工作,這涸導體資噴射單元E 一面沿X軸方向移動一面在通孔電極224和絕緣層225上 噴導體資,與上述同樣地,形成由規定圖案構成的電極曆 2 2 2 〇 一 59- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I-------------I I I I---Λ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 此外,與上述相同通過C CD攝像機單元Q對導體資噴 射單元E的位置進行控制。 在第32圖(1)中,當上逑作業面160a移動到ST7時, 與上述第32圖(e)同樣地,對電極層222的上面進行乾燥。 其次在第32圖(in)中,當上逑作業面160a到達ST8時 與上述第32圖(f)同樣地,粘合液噴射單元C和導體賫噴 射單元E工作,形成隔片絕緣層223和通孔電極224。 在第32圖(η)中,當上述作業面160a移動到ST9時, 與上述第32圖(g)同樣地,對上述隔片絕緣層2 23和通孔 電極2 2 4進行乾燥。 此後,通過重復上述第32圖(h)〜U)規定次數,叠 層多個由絕緣層223,2 2 4和電極曆2 2 2,2 2 4構成的薄膜 層,但是在這個期間的適當時候實施下一個第32圖(〇)。 在第32圖(〇)中,當上述作業面160a移動到ST10停 止時,假壓装置β工作,通過該壓板190的下降,對在作 業面160a上形成的上述絕緣餍的上面進行按壓實施假壓 .接。因此,能夠提高薄膜層之間的緊密接著性。 此外,在上述旋轉鼓160的最後旋轉時的ST8,由粘 合液噴射單元C和導體資噴射單元E形成隔片絕緣層223 和通孔電極224,並且形成成為最上層的偽絕緣層226。 又,在上述旋轉鼓160的最後旋轉時在上逑第32圖 (〇)後面實施為下一涸程序的第32圖(p)。 在第32圖(p)中,當上述作業面160a移動到ST11停 止時,切斷裝置X的切斷器210下降,切斷並分離該作業 -60- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂---------線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 ___________ B7 五、發明說明() 面160a上的載體膜f。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 而且,由上述·作業工序製造叠層多個薄膜層的用於電 感叠層體All。 這個用於電感的昼層體All,在ST12,如上所逑,從 作業面160a引渡到叠層體回收機構1.8 0的回收台181,由 回收臂183收容在回收箱184中。 此外,在圖中的作圖上,在薄膜層上顯示出很少的電 極圖案,但是事實上可Μ從叠層體All取得多個感應體那 樣地在薄膜層上形成多個圖案。 又,在上述程序說明中,說明了 K 一個作業面160 a為 基準順次地實施作業程序的情形,但是在ST3〜ST9,在旋 轉鼓160 的各作業面160a中由各裝置同時實施各個作業。 第33圖表示由上逑旋轉鼓160製造電容器用叠層體的 作業程序。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 這涸電容器用叠層體A12的情形是不備有上逑感應體 的作業程序說明的通孔電極的構成,而只說明在與它相當 的ST8的第33圖(f), (in)和在第2次旋轉後的ST3的第33 圖(h)與第32圖不同的地方,而省略對其他的相同程序部 分的說明。 在第33圖(f)中,在上述ST8,配置粘合液噴射單元C 和導體資噴射單元E,但是在本程序中只有粘合液噴射單 元C工作,導體膏噴射單元E不工作。 即,當作業面160a到達ST8時,在該ST8粘合液噴射 單元C 一面沿X軸方向移動一面在除去第33圖(d〉中形成 -61- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 __B7__ 五、發明說明() 的導體層222外的區域上噴射陶瓷粘合液形成隔片絕緣層 2 2 3 〇 此外,這個作業也與第33圖(in)相同。 在第33圖(h)中,當上述作業面160a停止在ST3時, 在該ST 3粘合液噴射單元C 一面沿X軸方向移動一面噴射 陶瓷粘合液,在上逑第33圖(f)中形成的隔片絕緣層223 和導體層222的上面全部上形成絕緣層225。 而且,如果根據第33圖的作業程序,則能夠製造出叠 層多涸由絕緣層223, 225和電極層222構成的薄膜層的 用於感應體用叠層體A12。 第37圖表示製造裝置的其他實施例。 第37圖的製造裝置具備與第31圖中說明的相同的旋轉 鼓160,膜供給機構170,叠曆體回收機構180,但是具有 在絕緣層形成裝置之一中使用刮刀方式的粘合液噴射單元 C’,此外,追加激光打孔装置P的構成。 即,將上述預備台ST1作為上述載體膜f的安裝台, 在ST2上配設刮刀方式的粘合液嗔射裝置C’和CCD攝像機 單元Q,在ST3上配設乾燥裝置L,在ST4上配設追加激光 打孔單元P,而ST5〜ST12與上述第31圖相同。 粘合液噴射單元C’,將來自其刮刀的陶瓷粘合液塗布 在刮刀的整個寬度上形成絕緣層(請參照第39圖),在第38 圖所示的程序(a)和(h)中進行工作。 激光打孔單元P係由K微小間隔並設多個激光頭構成 ,各激光頭與激光發生器連接,並由控制部分適當地選擇 -62- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ^ «II — — — — — — (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ___ B7_ 五、發明說明() 激光頭的工作,從選出的激光頭發射出激光。 上述激光打孔單元P在旋轉鼓160間飲旋轉的最初一 次旋轉中不工作,在第2次旋轉K後才工作。 即,在第38圖所示的作業程序中,因為在最一次旋轉 中激光打孔單元P不工作,所以第38圖(a)〜(i),除了由 粘合液噴射單元C’塗在陶瓷粘合液的上逑第38圖(a)(h)外 ,與第32圖的程序(a)〜(i)的說明相同。而且,在第38 圖㈠)(k)中激光打孔單元P和按壓單元R”如下地實施作 業。 在第38圖(j)中,當旋轉鼓160的作業面160a停止 在ST4時,在該ST4激光打孔單元P工作,這個激光打孔 單元P —面沿X軸方向移動一面在規定範圍,即在第3 8圖 (f)中形成的通孔電極224上面部分照射激光使該通孔電 極2 2 4露出。 即,在第38圖(h)中,因利用上述粘合液噴射單元C’ ,實施第33(f)圖中形成的通孔電極224上面部分之塗佈 .而覆蓋絕緣曆,所K用激光照射使該部分的絕緣層飛散, 露出通孔電極2 2 4。 在第38圖(k)中,當上述作業面160a移動到ST5時 ,在該ST5按壓單元R”工作,它的按壓滾筒一面與上述絕 緣層225接觸一面沿X軸方向移動。因此,在第38圖(j) 中,使飛散到絕緣曆上的粘合液碎屑附著在按壓滾筒上從 絕緣層上除去。 此外,在第38圖(k) K後,經過與第32圖中已經說明 -63- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------^--------- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 的(k)〜(P)相同的程序(1)〜(q)製造出感應體用叠層體 All 〇 在上述各實施例中,粘合液噴射單元C,C’,導體爱 噴射單元E,按壓單元R”、切斷單元X等,每當旋轉鼓160 間歇旋轉一次就向X軸方向移動,但是這個移動距離與形 成的絕緣層,電極層的厚度相當,因此可使各單元與形成 層上面恒常保持一定距離。 在上逑實施例中,已說明粘合液噴射單元C, C’,導 體資噴射軍元E,按壓單元R'假按壓單元R,切斷單元X 等各單元的具體構造,配置,和作業程序,但是只要不偏 離本發明的宗旨,不限定於上述的說明,可K適當地變更 這些單元的配置,個數,和作業程序等。 其次,說明第4發明的叠層體的製造裝置,其中,第 40〜42圖表示第1實施例,第43圖表示第2實施例,第44 〜46圖表示第3實施例,第4 7〜49圖表示第4實胨例。 首先說明第4 0〜42圖所示的第1實施例。 此製造裝置,如第40圖,第41圖所示,具有在支持台 2 5 0上面設置機體251,在夾著這個櫬體251的左右位置 (X軸線方向的位置)中的一方配置噴射陶瓷粘合液的絕緣 層形成裝置C和噴射導體齑的導體層形成裝置E,在另一 方配置分別使這個粘合液或導體膏乾燥的乾燥裝置L的構 成0 機體251具有在從側面看圼3字形狀的本體的下板 251a上可以上下移動地(在Z軸線方向上可K控制移動) -6 4 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------丨隹------- 丨訂ί n n ·ϋ ·ϋ ϋ ϋ I 線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明( 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 配置作業台ST,在同一本體的上板251c上,可κ上下控 制移動地(在Z軸線方向上可K控制移動)對著作業台ST支 持著壓接裝置R’,將作業台ST的上面和壓接裝置R’之間 的空間用作叠層叠層體的空間S的構成。 上逑作業台ST具有用將與設置在它的下面位置上的支 持體連接的伺服馬達,脉衝馬達,步進馬達等可K電控制 的馬達作為驅動源的滾珠螺槓機構,在引導裝置等構成的 台控制機構2 5 3上可Μ上下控制移動的構成;又上逑壓接 裝置R’具有由將可Κ同樣地電控制壓板254的馬達作為驅 動源的滾珠螺槓機構,引導裝置等構成的壓板控制機構 255中可Κ上下控制移動地支持在本體上板251c上的構 成0 絕緣層形成裝置C是K微小間隔並設多個噴墨噴嘴構 成的單元,採用從其選出的噴嘴噴射陶瓷粘合液的噴墨方 式,又,同樣地,導體層形成裝置E也是K微小間隔並設 多個噴墨噴嘴構成的單元,採用從在將它們連繫起來的控 制裝置(圖中未示出)選出的噴嘴噴射導體膏的噴墨方式, 這對於各個實施例都是相同的。 在此實施例中,如第40圖和第41圖所示,具有在通過 將伺服馬達,脉衝馬達,步進馬達等可Μ電控制的馬達作 為驅動源的滾珠螺槓機構,引導裝置等的控制移動裝置 260,從側面一側向機體251移動(接近·離開)那樣地在 左右方向(X軸線方向)可Κ控制移動地構成的支持臂2 6〇a 的前端,沿左右方向並設絕緣層形成裝置C,導體層形成 65 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Drying becomes a semi-hardened state that is not sticky. In FIG. 32 (c), when the working surface 160a moves to ST5, at this ST5, the pressing unit R "works, and its pressing roller contacts the base insulating layer 220 and moves in the X-axis direction. Therefore, The fine unevenness generated on the base insulating layer 220 by the inkjet method is uniformly realized and homogenized. Next, in FIG. 32 (d), when the working surface 160a is moved to ST6, in this ST6, the conductor material The spraying unit E works, and this conductive spraying unit E sprays conductive materials on the base insulating layer 220 while moving in the X-axis direction to form an electrode layer 2 2 2 composed of a predetermined pattern and at a predetermined position on a diagonal line. The reference mark 221 is formed (refer to FIG. 35 in detail). In addition, the reference mark 221 is formed only when the first indwelling rotation of the rotary drum 160 is rotated. In FIG. 32 (e), the upper work surface 160a is moved to When it is on ST7, the upper surface of the conductor layer 222 is dried by the drying unit L of the ST7. Next, in FIG. 32 (f), when the working surface 160a reaches ST8, the adhesive liquid spraying unit C and the ST8 Conductor / Ejection Unit E works, this The liquid-injection unit C binds the liquid to form the spacer insulation layer 223. In addition, the conductor asset injection unit E printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs — the plane moves along the X-axis direction at the predetermined position of the electrode layer 2 2 2 The upper conductor 赍 is formed to form a through-hole electrode 2 2 4 (refer to FIG. 36 in detail). In addition, the above-mentioned adhesive liquid injection unit C and the conductor love injection unit E are operated, and the reference mark is marked by the CCD camera unit Q of ST8. 221 Takes pictures and controls the X-Y axis coordinates of the adhesive liquid ejection unit C and the conductor material ejection unit E using this mark 221 as a reference. -5 8-This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 565864 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () In Figure 32 (g), when the above-mentioned working surface 160a moves to ST9, The drying device "L" dries the upper diaphragm insulation layer 2 2 3 and the through-hole electrode 2 24. After that, the working surface 160a passes through ST10 to ST12 to ST2 without any operation, and moves to ST3 again. In Figure 32 (h), When the working surface 160a stops at ST3, the ST 3 adhesive liquid spraying unit C works. This adhesive liquid spraying unit C sprays ceramic adhesive liquid while moving in the X-axis direction. This time, the upper through hole is removed. An insulating layer 22 5 is formed on the area outside the electrode 224. In addition, the upper adhesive liquid injection unit C is operated, and the C CD camera unit Q of ST 3 images the upper reference mark 221 and the adhesive liquid injection unit C. X-Y coordinates. In Fig. 32 (i), when the working surface 160a is moved to ST4, the upper surface of the insulating layer 2 2 5 is dried by the drying device L of the ST4 in the same manner as in the upper case. In Fig. 32 (i), when the working surface 160a moves to ST5, the ST5 pressing device R "works, and its pressing roller moves in the X-axis direction while contacting the insulating layer 2 2 5 to isolate the insulation. The fine unevenness generated on the layer 2 2 5 is uniformed. In Fig. 32 (k), when the upper work surface 160a moves to ST6, the ST 6 conductor jetting unit E is operated, and the conductor jet is sprayed. Unit E sprays conductive material on the through-hole electrode 224 and the insulating layer 225 while moving in the X-axis direction. In the same manner as above, an electrode calendar composed of a predetermined pattern is formed. 2 2 〇59- This paper standard applies to Chinese national standards (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) I ------------- III I --- Λ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () In addition, the position of the conductor injection unit E is controlled by the C CD camera unit Q as described above. In FIG. 32 (1), when the upper work surface 160a is moved to ST7, it is the same as the 32nd above. (E) Similarly, the upper surface of the electrode layer 222 is dried. Next, in FIG. 32 (in) When the upper work surface 160a reaches ST8, as in the above-mentioned Fig. 32 (f), the adhesive liquid ejection unit C and the conductor ejection unit E operate to form the spacer insulating layer 223 and the via electrode 224. In Fig. 32 In (η), when the working surface 160a is moved to ST9, the spacer insulating layer 2 23 and the through-hole electrode 2 2 4 are dried in the same manner as in FIG. 32 (g). Thereafter, the above-mentioned first step is repeated. 32 (h) to (U), a plurality of thin film layers composed of an insulating layer 223, 2 2 4 and an electrode calendar 2 2 2, 2 2 4 are laminated a predetermined number of times, but the next 32nd is implemented at an appropriate time during this period. Figure (〇). In Figure 32 (〇), when the work surface 160a is moved to ST10 and stopped, the false pressing device β operates, and the pressure plate 190 is lowered to the insulation surface formed on the work surface 160a. Pressing is performed on the top to perform false compression bonding. Therefore, the tight adhesion between the film layers can be improved. In addition, ST8 during the last rotation of the rotating drum 160 is formed by the adhesive liquid ejection unit C and the conductor material ejection unit E. The spacer insulating layer 223 and the via electrode 224 are formed as the uppermost layer The pseudo insulation layer 226. In the final rotation of the rotating drum 160, the second step 32 is performed after the upper step 32 (0) as the next step (p). In the 32th step (p), When the working surface 160a moves to ST11 and stops, the cutter 210 of the cutting device X descends and cuts and separates the operation. -60- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public love) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order --------- Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 ___________ B7 V. Description of the invention () Carrier film on surface 160a f. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page.) In addition, the above-mentioned process is used to produce a multilayer laminate for the inductor All. The daylight layer All for the inductor is extrapolated from the working surface 160a to the recovery stand 181 of the laminated body recovery mechanism 1.80 in ST12, as described above, and is stored in the recovery box 184 by the recovery arm 183. In the drawing, few electrode patterns are displayed on the thin film layer, but in fact, multiple patterns can be formed on the thin film layer such that a plurality of inductors can be obtained from the laminated body All. Also, in the above program description, the case where the work program is sequentially performed with one work surface 160a as a reference has been described. However, in ST3 to ST9, each work is performed simultaneously by each device in each work surface 160a of the rotary drum 160. Fig. 33 shows a procedure for manufacturing a laminated body for a capacitor from the upper drum 160. In the case where the A12 capacitor laminated body is printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the structure of the through-hole electrode described in the operating procedure of the upper inductor is not provided, and only the 33th ST8 equivalent to it is described. Figures (f), (in) and Figure 33 (h) of ST3 after the second rotation are different from Figure 32, and descriptions of other parts of the same program are omitted. In FIG. 33 (f), in the above ST8, the adhesive liquid ejection unit C and the conductor material ejection unit E are arranged, but in this procedure, only the adhesive liquid ejection unit C operates, and the conductive paste ejection unit E does not operate. That is, when the working surface 160a reaches ST8, the ST8 adhesive liquid spraying unit C is moved in the X-axis direction while being removed in Figure 33 (d). -61- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 public love) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 __B7__ V. Description of the invention () The ceramic adhesive solution is sprayed on the area outside the conductor layer 222 to form the spacer insulation layer 2 2 3 This operation is also the same as in Fig. 33 (in). In Fig. 33 (h), when the operation surface 160a stops at ST3, the ST 3 adhesive liquid spraying unit C is sprayed while moving in the X-axis direction. The ceramic adhesive liquid has an insulating layer 225 formed on all the upper surfaces of the spacer insulating layer 223 and the conductive layer 222 formed in FIG. 33 (f). Furthermore, it can be manufactured according to the procedure in FIG. 33. A multilayer body A12 for an inductor is formed by laminating a plurality of thin film layers composed of insulating layers 223, 225, and an electrode layer 222. Fig. 37 shows another embodiment of a manufacturing apparatus. The manufacturing apparatus of Fig. 37 is provided with The same rotating drum 160 illustrated in the figure, the membrane The feeding mechanism 170 and the stack recovery mechanism 180 have a configuration in which a doctor blade-type adhesive liquid spraying unit C 'is used in one of the insulating layer forming devices, and a laser drilling device P is added. ST1 is the mounting platform for the carrier film f. A doctor blade adhesive liquid injection device C 'and a CCD camera unit Q are provided on ST2. A drying device L is provided on ST3 and an additional laser drilling is provided on ST4. Unit P, and ST5 to ST12 are the same as the above-mentioned Fig. 31. The adhesive liquid spraying unit C 'applies the ceramic adhesive liquid from its doctor blade to the entire width of the doctor blade to form an insulating layer (refer to Fig. 39). Work is performed in the programs (a) and (h) shown in Figure 38. The laser drilling unit P is composed of a plurality of laser heads with a small interval of K. Each laser head is connected to a laser generator, and is appropriately controlled by a control section. Location selection -62- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Please read the notes on the back before filling (This page) 565864 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 ___ B7_ V. Description of the invention () The laser head works to emit laser light from the selected laser head. The above-mentioned laser drilling unit P rotates between the rotating drums 160. It does not work during the first rotation, and works after the second rotation K. That is, in the work program shown in FIG. 38, because the laser drilling unit P does not work during the last rotation, FIG. 38 (a ) ~ (I), except that the adhesive liquid spraying unit C 'is applied to the upper surface of the ceramic adhesive liquid (Fig. 38 (a) (h)), and the description of the procedures (a) ~ (i) of Fig. 32 the same. Further, in Fig. 38 (i) (k), the laser drilling unit P and the pressing unit R "are operated as follows. In Fig. 38 (j), when the working surface 160a of the rotary drum 160 stops at ST4, The ST4 laser drilling unit P works. The laser drilling unit P is moved along the X-axis direction and within a specified range, that is, the upper part of the through-hole electrode 224 formed in FIG. 38 (f) is irradiated with laser light to make the communication The hole electrodes 2 2 4 are exposed. That is, in FIG. 38 (h), the upper part of the through-hole electrode 224 formed in FIG. 33 (f) is applied by using the above-mentioned adhesive liquid spraying unit C ′. The insulation calendar is covered, and the part of the insulation layer is scattered by laser irradiation to expose the through-hole electrodes 2 2 4. In Fig. 38 (k), when the working surface 160a moves to ST5, the unit R is pressed at ST5. Work, its pressing roller moves in the X-axis direction while making contact with the above-mentioned insulating layer 225. Therefore, in Fig. 38 (j), the adhesive liquid debris scattered on the insulation calendar is adhered to the pressing roller and removed from the insulation layer. In addition, after Figure 38 (k) K, it has been explained with Figure 32 -63- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -------- ^ --------- (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 565864 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. (k) ~ (P) of the invention description () The same procedures (1) to (q) were used to produce a laminated body All for the inductor. In each of the above embodiments, the adhesive liquid ejection units C, C ', the conductor love ejection unit E, the pressing unit R ", and the cutting off Unit X, etc., moves in the X-axis direction every time the rotary drum 160 rotates intermittently, but this movement distance is equivalent to the thickness of the formed insulating layer and electrode layer, so that each unit can always maintain a certain distance from the formation layer. In the above embodiment, the specific structure, configuration, and operation procedures of each unit such as the adhesive liquid spraying unit C, C ', the conductor asset spraying army E, the pressing unit R', the false pressing unit R, and the cutting unit X have been described. However, as long as it does not deviate from the gist of the present invention, it is not limited to the above description, and may be appropriately changed. The arrangement, number of units, working procedures, etc. Next, the laminated body manufacturing apparatus according to the fourth invention will be described, in which FIGS. 40 to 42 show the first embodiment, and FIG. 43 shows the second embodiment. Figs. 44 to 46 show a third embodiment, and Figs. 4 to 7 to 49 show a fourth embodiment. First, the first embodiment shown in Figs. 40 to 42 will be described. This manufacturing apparatus is shown in Figs. 40 and 41. As shown in the figure, there is an insulating layer forming device C and a spraying device for spraying a ceramic adhesive liquid on a support table 250 which is provided with a body 251, and one of the left and right positions (positions in the X-axis direction) sandwiching the body 251 is disposed. The conductor layer forming device E of the conductor 齑 is configured with a drying device L for drying the adhesive solution or the conductor paste on the other side. The body 251 has a lower plate 251a of a body having a shape of 圼 when viewed from the side. Moving ground (K-controlled movement in the Z-axis direction) -6 4-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------------ 丨 隹------- 丨 Order nn · ϋ · ϋ ϋ ϋ I line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 5658 64 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (Printing and disposing work table ST of the employee's consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, on the upper plate 251c of the same body, can be controlled to move up and down (K-controlled movement in the Z axis direction) The work station ST supports a crimping device R ′, and a space between the upper surface of the work table ST and the crimping device R ′ is used as a space S for the laminated body. In the lower position of the support, a ball screw mechanism with servo motors, pulse motors, stepping motors and other K-electrically controllable motors as the driving source is mounted on a table control mechanism 2 5 3 The upper and lower crimping device R ′ is provided with a ball screw mechanism and a guide device such as a ball screw mechanism using a motor that can similarly control the pressure plate 254 as a driving source, and a guide device. A structure supported on the upper plate 251c of the main body in an up-and-down manner. The insulation layer forming device C is a unit composed of a plurality of inkjet nozzles with a small interval of K. The ceramic adhesive liquid is sprayed from a nozzle selected therefrom. In the same manner, the conductor layer forming apparatus E is also a unit composed of a plurality of inkjet nozzles with a small interval of K. The conductor is ejected from a nozzle selected from a control device (not shown) that connects them. The inkjet method of the paste is the same for each embodiment. In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 40 and FIG. 41, a ball screw mechanism, a guide device, and the like are provided by using an electrically controllable motor such as a servo motor, a pulse motor, and a stepping motor as a driving source. The control moving device 260 moves from the side to the body 251 (approaching and leaving) to the front end of the support arm 2 60a which can be controlled to move in the left-right direction (X-axis direction). Insulating layer forming device C, conductor layer forming 65. This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) Please read the notes on the back first

|4 頁I 通 I I I I訂 線 565864 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 裝置E,各裝置C, E可K出入上述用於叠層的空間S內的 構成,通過這個絕緣層形成裝置C出入叠層用空間S内噴 射陶瓷粘合液形成絕緣層,又同樣通過這個導體層形成裝 置E出入叠層用空間S内在這個絕緣層上噴嘴導體賫形成 電極層。 乾燥裝置L表示在第1實施例中用通過熱送風使陶瓷 粘合液和導體裔乾燥到不發粘的半硬化狀態的乾燥裝置L 的情形。此外,也可K用通過光照射使陶瓷粘合液和導體 膏乾燥的乾燥單元作為乾燥裝置,與上述相同,將絕緣層 形成裝置C,導體層形成裝置E設置在夾住機體251的相反 一側,設置在由將伺服馬達,脉衝馬達,步進馬達等可以 電控制的馬達作為驅動源的滾珠螺槓機構,和引導装置等 的控制移動裝置280,從側面一側向機體251移動(接近· 離開)那樣地在左右方尙(X軸線方向)可Μ控制移動地構 成的支持臂280a的前端,可Μ出入上述用於叠層的空間S 內0 當每次絕緣層形成單元C進入用於叠層的空間S,噴 射陶瓷粘合液形成絕緣層,和同樣地每次導體脅形成單元 Ε進入叠層用空間S噴射導體資形成電極層這些單元C, Ε 後退後,這個乾燥裝置L面臨各層那樣地進入同一個叠層 用空間S內,使絕緣層,電極層乾燥到半硬化狀態。 又,當每次用絕緣層形成單元C嗔射陶瓷粘合液,用 導體層形成單元噴射導體賫時,使上逑作業台ST下降到規 定量(Ζ軸線方向)那樣地進行控制,壓接裝置R’,通過壓 -6 6 ~ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公爱) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --------訂---------線; 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 板2 5 4的下降,在由作業台ST上形成的半硬化狀態的絕緣 層和導體層構成的·薄膜層的上面,在每1層或多層上,用 壓板254以規定的輕壓力進行假加壓,對在薄膜層的上面 產生的微细的凹凸不平進均勻化確保平坦度和水平度並使 各層更緊密接著。 接著,說明用第1實施例的製造裝置製造叠層體的作 業程序,第42圖表示製造感應體用叠層體A13的情形。 即依次實施下逑之程序: 在第42圖(a)中,絕緣層形成單元C 一面進入叠層用 空間S內,一面在作業台ST的規定區域上從各粘合液噴射 噴嘴噴射陶瓷粘合液,在這個作業台ST上形成成為基底的 絕緣層2 7 0。 在第42圖(b)中,當這個絕緣層形成單元C後退時, 乾燥裝置L進入叠層用空間S內,使絕緣層270的上面乾 燥到不發粘的半硬化狀態。 在第42圖(c)中,當這個乾燥單元L後退時,導體層 形成單元E進入叠層用空間S内,在這個成為基底的半硬 化狀態的絕緣層270上從所要的選出的導體賫噴射噴嘴噴 射導體爱,在絕緣層2 7 0上形成規定配線圖案的電極層271。 在第42圖(d)中,乾燥單元L同樣地進入,使電極層 271半乾燥。 在第4 2圖(e)中,這個乾烽單元L後退後,絕緣層形 成單元C 一面進入叠層用空間S, —面從選出的粘合液噴 射噴嘴噴射陶瓷粘合液,將粘合液充填殘留在電極層271 -6 7 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) I I I I 1 I I ----- -丨丨訂· I-------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明() , 271之間的凹嵌部分2 7 2中形成隔片絕緣層2 7 3。 在第42圖(f)中,絕緣層形成單元C後退,乾燥單元 L再次進入叠層用空間s內,使隔片絕緣層273乾烽到半 硬化狀態。 在第42圖(g)中,乾燥單元L後.退後,導體層形成單 元E進入叠層用空間S内,從選出的専體膏噴射噴嘴噴射 導體資,形成通孔電極274。 接著,在第42圖(h)中,導體層形成單元£後退。乾 燥單元L使這個通孔電極274乾燥到半硬化狀態。 在第42圖(i)中,乾燥單元L後退。除了通孔電極274 端部外,藉由進入叠層用空間S的絕緣層形成單元C的選 出的各粘合液噴射噴嘴噴射陶瓷粘合疲,形成絕緣層2 7 5。 在第42圖(j)中,絕緣層形成單元C後退。用乾燥單 元L使其絕緣層2 7 5乾燥到半硬化狀態。 然後,在第42圖U)中,用壓板254對薄膜層進行假 壓接。 然後,將上述第42圖(C)〜(k)作為1個循環依次地 對經過假壓接的叠層物重復進行,直至如第42圖U)所 示,形成規定層數假壓接形成之感應體用叠層體A13。又 ,在此第42圖中連續地記載與上述第42圖(c)〜(k)相當 的(1)〜(q),而省略與上述(i)〜(k)栢當的程序。 又,在第1實施例中,因為絕緣層形成裝置C,導體 層形成裝置E都採用噴墨方式,所Μ在前一程序中用絕緣 層形成裝置C形成具有通孔的絕緣層270後,可Μ插入在 - 6 8 - 1 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再«ί寫本頁) 54宜 訂: •線」 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 通孔中充填通孔電極的程序作為中途程序,形成叠層體。 接著,說明第2實施例,此第2實施例涉及電容器用 叠層體的製造裝置,因為製造裝置的基本構成與上述第1 實施例相同,所Μ第43圖所示的製造程序的(g&gt;作為上逑 第42圖U)〜(f)的後面程序,用壓板2 5 4對由絕緣層270 和導體層271構成的薄膜層實施假壓接工序。然後,將上 逑第42圖(a)〜(g)作為一個循環(h)〜(η)依序重復進行 ,直至如(f)所示,形成規定層數假壓接形成之電容器用 的叠層體A14 〇 其次,說明第4 4〜46圖所示的第3實施例,此實胨例 是在上述機體251的前方支持台250上設置激光打孔裝置 P,用該激光打孔装置P在絕緣層上打出通孔,將通孔電 極充填於該通孔的例子。 激光打孔裝置P係將可電控制的馬達作為驅動源的滾 珠螺槓機構及引導等的控制移動裝置2 9 0 ,在從前方可K 接近•離開機體251地在Y軸線方向控制移動地構成的支 持臂290a的前端,設置向左右方向(X軸線方向)延伸的 長尺狀支持腕290b,而在此支持腕290b上沿X軸線方向 可控制移動地支持具有激光頭的激光打孔單元P,進而將 該激光打孔單元P連接於激光發生器,同時併用控制移動 裝置290的Y軸線方向上的控制移動,及對支持腕290 b的 激光打孔單元P的X軸線方向上的控制移動,使該激光打 孔裝置P從機體251的前方開放部分進入叠層用空間S,用 從激光頭發射的激光在絕緣層的所要位置上打孔。 -69- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------¾ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂---------線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 其次,說明使用第4 6圖所示實施例的製造裝置製造感 應體用叠層體的作業程序。 到第46圖(a)〜(d)止都與上逑第1實施例栢同,第46 圖(e)是將粘合液充填於殘留在電極層271上的凹嵌部分 272,進而在其上方的全區域形成絕緣層275 的程序·,然 後實施第46圖(f)的乾燥程序,和第46圖(g)的使用壓板 254對由絕緣層和電極層構成的薄膜層實施假壓接的程序 。然後,在第46圖(h),藉控制上述激光打孔裝置P,在上 層的絕緣層270的所要位置用激光加工打出通孔274a。繼 之,在第46圖(i),對通孔274a實施導體膏的充填形成通 孔電極27 4及在規定配線圖案上噴射導體爱形成電極層271 ,接著在第46圖(j)中對該電極層271進行乾燥。然後, 經過再次將粘合液充填於殘留在導體層271上的凹嵌部分 272,進一步在它的上方的全區域形成絕緣層2 7 5的第46 圖(10後,進行第46圖(1)的乾燥程序,而在第46圖(B) 實施假壓接作業。 接著,將上述第46圖(h)〜(πι)作為一個循環依次地 重復進行,形成如第46圖(g’)所示的由規定層數的薄膜 層假壓接形成的感應體用叠層體A15。又,在第46圖中, 連續地記載相當於上述(h)〜(j)的(η)〜(p),而省略相 當於上述(k)〜U)的程序。 次說明第47〜4 9圖所示的第4實施例,此實施例表示 在上逑機體251内不僅實施假壓接而且實施至真壓接的叠 層體製造装置。 -70- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再If寫本頁)| 4 pages I through IIII Thread 565864 Α7 B7 5. Description of the invention () Device E, each device C, E can enter and exit the above-mentioned space S for stacking, and this insulation layer forming device C enters and exits the stack A ceramic bonding solution is sprayed in the space S to form an insulating layer, and the conductor layer forming device E is used to enter and exit the lamination space S to form a nozzle conductor on the insulating layer to form an electrode layer. The drying device L shows a case where the ceramic adhesive liquid and the conductor are dried to a non-sticky, semi-hardened state by the first embodiment. In addition, it is also possible to use a drying unit that dries the ceramic adhesive solution and the conductor paste by light irradiation as a drying device. In the same manner as described above, the insulating layer forming device C and the conductive layer forming device E are disposed on the opposite side of the body 251. On the side, a ball screw mechanism including a servo motor, a pulse motor, a stepping motor and the like that can be electrically driven as a driving source, and a control moving device 280 such as a guide device are provided to move from the side to the body 251 ( The front end of the support arm 280a, which can be moved in the left and right directions (X axis direction) in such a manner as to approach and leave, can enter and leave the above-mentioned space S for stacking. 0 When the insulating layer forming unit C enters each time For the space S for lamination, the ceramic bonding solution is sprayed to form an insulating layer, and similarly each time the conductor formation unit E enters the lamination space S to spray the conductor materials to form the electrode layer. These units C, Ε are backed up by this drying device. L faces each layer into the same lamination space S, and the insulating layer and the electrode layer are dried to a semi-hardened state. In addition, each time the ceramic bonding liquid is sprayed with the insulating layer forming unit C and the conductor 賫 is sprayed with the conductor layer forming unit, the upper work table ST is controlled to be lowered to a predetermined amount (Z-axis direction), and the crimping is performed. Device R ', by pressing -6 6 ~ This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 public love) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) -------- Order --------- line; printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed 565864 printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The decline of board 2 5 4 The upper surface of the thin film layer composed of the semi-hardened insulating layer and the conductor layer formed on the work table ST is temporarily pressurized with a predetermined light pressure with a pressure plate 254 on one or more layers, and the upper surface of the thin film layer is pressed. The resulting fine unevenness uniformity ensures flatness and levelness and makes the layers more closely adhered. Next, an operation procedure for manufacturing a laminated body using the manufacturing apparatus of the first embodiment will be described. Fig. 42 shows a case where a laminated body A13 for an inductor is manufactured. That is, the following procedure is sequentially performed: In FIG. 42 (a), the insulating layer forming unit C enters the lamination space S while spraying ceramic adhesive from each adhesive liquid spray nozzle on a predetermined area of the work table ST. The liquid is mixed, and an insulating layer 2 70 serving as a base is formed on this work table ST. In Fig. 42 (b), when this insulating layer forming unit C is retracted, the drying device L enters the stacking space S, and the upper surface of the insulating layer 270 is dried to a non-sticky semi-hardened state. In FIG. 42 (c), when the drying unit L is retracted, the conductor layer forming unit E enters the stacking space S, and the desired conductor 賫 is selected from the semi-hardened insulating layer 270 which becomes the base. The spray nozzle sprays the conductor, and an electrode layer 271 having a predetermined wiring pattern is formed on the insulating layer 270. In Fig. 42 (d), the drying unit L is similarly entered, and the electrode layer 271 is semi-dried. In Fig. 42 (e), the drying unit L is retracted, and the insulating layer forming unit C enters the lamination space S on one side, and the ceramic bonding liquid is sprayed from the selected bonding liquid spray nozzle to bond Liquid filling remains in the electrode layer 271 -6 7-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) IIII 1 II ------丨 丨 Order I ------ -Line (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 565864 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (), recessed part 2 between 271 forms a spacer insulation Layer 2 7 3. In Fig. 42 (f), the insulating layer forming unit C retracts, and the drying unit L enters the stacking space s again, and the spacer insulating layer 273 is dried to a semi-hardened state. In Fig. 42 (g), the drying unit L is moved backward and back, and the conductor layer forming unit E enters the stacking space S, and the conductor material is sprayed from the selected carcass paste spray nozzle to form a through-hole electrode 274. Next, in FIG. 42 (h), the conductor layer forming unit is retracted. The drying unit L dries this through-hole electrode 274 to a semi-hardened state. In FIG. 42 (i), the drying unit L moves backward. Except for the end portion of the through-hole electrode 274, ceramic bonding is sprayed through each of the selected adhesive liquid spray nozzles of the insulating layer forming unit C entering the stacking space S to form an insulating layer 275. In FIG. 42 (j), the insulating layer forming unit C is retracted. The insulation layer 2 7 5 is dried with the drying unit L to a semi-hardened state. Then, in Fig. 42 (U), the film layer is temporarily pressure-bonded with the pressure plate 254. Then, repeating the above-mentioned Figs. 42 (C) to (k) as one cycle and repeating the false-pressed laminate in sequence until a predetermined number of false-presses are formed as shown in Fig. 42 (U). The inductor A13. Further, in Fig. 42, (1) to (q) corresponding to Figs. 42 (c) to (k) are continuously described, and the procedures corresponding to (i) to (k) above are omitted. In addition, in the first embodiment, since the insulating layer forming device C and the conductive layer forming device E both adopt the inkjet method, after the insulating layer forming device C having the through hole is formed by the insulating layer forming device C in the previous procedure, Can be inserted in-6 8-1 This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 Public Love 1 (please read the precautions on the back first and then «ί write this page) 54 should be ordered: • line" 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The procedure of filling the through-hole electrode in the through-hole is used as a half-way procedure to form a laminated body. Next, a second embodiment will be described. This second embodiment relates to a device for manufacturing a laminated body for a capacitor. Because the basic structure of the manufacturing device is the same as the first embodiment described above, the following procedures of the manufacturing procedure shown in Figure 43 (g &gt; as the upper figure 42 U) to (f) are performed using the pressure plate 2 5 4 pairs The thin-film layer composed of the insulating layer 270 and the conductor layer 271 is subjected to a false crimping process. Then, the upper graph (a) to (g) of FIG. 42 are repeated as a cycle (h) to (η), until As shown in (f), a laminated body A14 for a capacitor formed by a predetermined number of dummy crimps is formed. 〇 Next, the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 4 to 46 will be described. In this practical example, a laser drilling device P is provided on the front support 250 of the body 251, and the laser drilling device P is used on the insulating layer. An example of punching a through hole and filling the through hole electrode with the through hole. The laser drilling device P is a ball screw mechanism that uses an electrically controllable motor as a driving source and a control and moving device such as a guide. 2 9 0, in the past Fang Ke K approaches and moves away from the body 251 and supports the front end of the support arm 290a configured to move in the Y-axis direction. A long-shaped support arm 290b extending in the left-right direction (X-axis direction) is provided. The X-axis direction can control and move to support the laser drilling unit P with a laser head, and then the laser drilling unit P is connected to a laser generator, and the control movement in the Y-axis direction of the control moving device 290 is also used. The laser drilling unit P of the wrist 290 b is controlled to move in the X-axis direction, so that the laser drilling device P enters the stacking space S from the front open portion of the body 251, and the laser light emitted from the laser head is applied to the insulating layer. All -69- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------------ ¾ (Please read the precautions on the back before (Fill in this page) Order --------- Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention () Secondly, the manufacturing equipment using the embodiment shown in Figures 4 and 6 will be explained. The operation procedure of the laminated body for the sensor body is the same as that of the first embodiment shown in Figs. 46 (a) to (d), and Fig. 46 (e) shows the adhesive solution remaining in the electrode layer. The recessed portion 272 on 271, and then the procedure of forming an insulating layer 275 on the entire area above it, and then the drying procedure of FIG. 46 (f) is performed, and the pressing layer 254 of FIG. 46 (g) is used for the insulating layer. The thin film layer composed of the electrode layer is subjected to a procedure of false compression bonding. Then, in Fig. 46 (h), by controlling the laser drilling device P, a through hole 274a is formed by laser processing at a desired position of the upper insulating layer 270. Next, in FIG. 46 (i), the via hole 274a is filled with a conductive paste to form a via electrode 274, and the conductor is sprayed on a predetermined wiring pattern to form an electrode layer 271, and then in FIG. 46 (j), This electrode layer 271 is dried. Then, the recessed portion 272 remaining on the conductor layer 271 is filled with the adhesive solution again, and an insulating layer 2 7 5 is formed on the entire area above it. Fig. 46 (after 10, proceed to Fig. 46 (1 ), And the dummy crimping operation is performed in Fig. 46 (B). Next, the above-mentioned Fig. 46 (h) ~ (πι) are repeated one by one to form a loop as shown in Fig. 46 (g ') The laminated body A15 for an inductor, which is formed by temporarily crimping a predetermined number of thin film layers as shown. In FIG. 46, (η) to (h) to (j) to (j) to (j) to (j) to (h) to (j) are successively described. p), and omit the procedures equivalent to (k) ~ U) above. The fourth embodiment shown in Figs. 47 to 49 will be described below. This embodiment shows a laminated body manufacturing apparatus that performs not only the false crimping but also the true crimping in the upper body 251. -70- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before writing this page if)

I ----訂---------線“ 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 與上逑第1〜3實施例不同的構成在於,機體251為 內部圼中空狀的箱狀;在該個機體251的對向2個側面形 成有開放部251b, 251b可供上逑絕緣層形成裝置C,乾燥 裝置L,導體層形成裝置E出入;及設有關閉該2個側面 的開放部251b,251b,使作業台ST上的叠層用空間S不 與外部氣體連通的遮斷裝置Η; Μ及使該叠層用空間S內 形成真空氣氛的真空裝置1。 在圖上,表示一不使用激光打孔装置的製造裝置,在 機體251上的對向的開放部251b,251b設置上下可滑動 的窗或遮門構成遮斷裝置H,藉該遮斷裝置Η,閉塞開放 部25 1b,25 1b使叠曆用空間S内不與外部氣體連通。 真空裝置1是將叠層用空間S内的空氣排出到外部的 排氣裝置(複葉扇,軸流扇)設置在機體251的上板251c上 。又,在此實施例中,將假壓接時使用的壓接裝置R’兼用 作真壓接時的壓接裝置。 又,備有激光打孔装置的上逑第3實施例所示的製造 裝置,則在機體25 1前面部也製成開放部分,形成3面開 放型,在該開放部分亦宜設置可上下滑動的窗或遮門以構 成遮斷裝置 而且,在此實施例中,形成絕緣層和形成電極層時, 使各開放部251b處於開放狀態,當每次絕緣層形成裝置 C,乾燥裝置L,導體層形成裝置E,需要時激光打孔裝置 P從這些開放部251b出入叠層用空間S內,而在這些各 裝置C, L, E, P在回復到機械的原點位置(後退位置)的 -71- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂---------線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明(.) 製造過程中形成所要層數的薄膜層時,對該薄膜層進行 假壓接。 對達到規定層數的薄膜層進行假壓接後,用遮斷裝置 Η閉塞各開放部251b,使叠層用空間S不與外部氣體連通 之狀態,用真空裝置1 一逢排除叠層用空間S内的空氣, 一邊用比假壓接強的規定壓力對叠層體CS加壓進行真壓接 (g’)(參照第49圖)。 這樣,能夠提供一種從與一個叠層用空間S連通的, 開放二方〜四方的機體251的開放部251b,使絕緣層形成 裝置C,乾燥裝置L,導體層形成裝置E,需要時激光打孔 裝置P出入於叠層用空間S內,並藉附設窗或遮門閉塞這 些開放部251b及附設可將叠層用空間S抽成真空的真空 裝置1,形成會有裝置C,L, E, P集合體在機體周圍的緊 密佈局,實施從假壓接到真壓接K製造叠層體的裝置。 其次,說明第5發明,此第5發明使用絕緣片,並在 此絕緣片上形成電極。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再_本頁) ;線- 次依第50圖說明第5發明的製造裝置的概要。此叠層 體製造裝置配設在圖中未示出的機殻內,可Μ往復移動地 將可動台2載設在直線狀水平地配置的導軌1上,並在可 動台2的上面部分設置可上下移動的不銹鋼製基盤3構成 作業台5,由上述導軌1形成允許基盤3往復移動的區間 路徑la。這些構成與第1發明的實施例相同。 區間路徑la是具有與基盤3的寬度大致相等的寬度的 直線路徑,在其上部並設作為絕緣曆形成裝置C的噴墨噴 -7 2 ~ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 嘴及作為導體層形成裝置E的噴墨噴嘴,亦可適當地並設 追加的作為按壓裝置R的按壓滾筒和作為激光打孔裝置P 的激光打孔單元。這個區間路徑的長度約為1.5〜2a。而 且,在這個區間路徑la的兩側分別配置絕緣片叠層裝置K。 藉由未圖示的伺服馬達或脉衝馬.達的驅動源和由它旋 轉的螺桿軸,使可動台2沿上述區間路徑的長方向(X方 向)往復移動,使基盤3沿上述區間路徑移動,並由控制 器控制其移動方向和速度。 又,藉由伺服馬達或脉衝馬達的驅動源和由它旋轉的 螺桿軸,也使基盤3上下移動。基盤3的上下動作係配合 叠層程序,藉由控制器控制,使基盤3依次地下降。 作為上述絕緣層形成裝置C和導體層形成裝置E的噴 墨噴嘴是沿橫截上逑區間路徑的方向Μ微小的間隔並設的 多個噴嘴,按壓裝置ϋ也沿區間路徑的横截方尚配設。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 此外,最好使上逑絕緣層形成裝置C,導體曆形成裝 置Ε,按壓装置R,激光打孔裝置Ρ單元化,需要時使其可 .裝卸,並且可調整設置位置。例如,如第55圖,第56圖所 示,將支持壁4 d設置在成為作業台5的背面側的部位上, 在此支持壁4 d上可裝卸地分別安裝1個或多個單元化的上 述絕緣層形成裝置C,導體層形成裝置E,按壓裝置R和激 光打孔裝置P。因為此與上述第2發明栢同,所以使用栢 同的符號,省略其說明。 上逑絕緣片叠層裝置K,詳如第54圖所示,係由輸出 附著有絕緣片ZS的帶狀物T的輸出機構310,吸附從帶狀 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 物T剝離下來的絕緣片ZS而將其傳送到基盤3上的吸附傳 送機構3 2 0構成。 上述帶狀物T係由聚對苯二甲酸乙酯等的合成樹脂膜 構成的帶狀的載體膜k的表面上,附著有薄片狀陶瓷生片 的絕緣H ZS所構成。 輸出機構310具有可藉捲取滾筒3 12將輸出滾筒311 輸出的帶狀物Τ捲收,且在輸出及捲收之間的路徑途中, 與帶狀物Τ的載體膜k側可滑接地配設在下游側端部(傳 送方向一側端部)具有銳角部313的剝離機構3 3 0 ,將傳 送的帶狀物T彎曲成銳角。 利用此輸出機構310時,由於帶狀物T通過上逑銳角 部分313時被彎曲成銳角,故可將附著在其表面的絕緣片 ZS剝離下來。 吸附傳送機構3 2 0係由可沿上下方向升降且可沿導軌 323水平移動的一藉由真空機構吸附或脫離絕緣片ZS的吸 附部321,及配設在該吸附部321的側面側的向下切斷刀 刃322構成,該吸附傳送機構320吸附並傳送由上述輸出 機構310輸出且從帶狀物T剝離及用切斷刀刃322切割成 規定形狀的絕緣片ZS,並將其叠置於基盤3上的規定位置。 此外,上述絕緣)={叠層裝置K表示切割帶狀絕緣片ZS 而將其叠置在基盤3上的構成的一個例子,但亦可是將預 先形成規定形狀的絕緣片ZS叠置在基盤3上的構成。 根據上述製造裝置重復實施叠置絕緣片ZS的絕緣Η叠 層程序(參照第52圖(a)和(d), (h))·,在絕緣HZS上噴射 -74- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂---------線. 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 導體费的導體曆形成程序(參照第52圖(b〉和(〇,(j))·, 在絕緣片zs上噴射隔片用的陶瓷粘合液的絕緣層形成程序 (參照第52圖(c)和(g))等各程序,則可在多層絕緣片ZS 的各絕緣片ZS之間,形成配設有規定電極_案的薄膜層的 叠曆體A16 〇 Μ下Μ製造感應體用叠層體為例子詳细地說明上逑製 造程序。 (參照第51圖(a)和第52圖(a))利用左側絕緣片叠層 裝置K上的吸附傳送機構3 2 0將絕緣片ZS配置在基盤3上。 接著,當基盤3從左端側向右端側移動時,從右側導 體層形成裝置E 的噴墨噴嘴噴射導體裔(參照第51圖(a)) ,在絕緣片ZS上形成規定面積的導體層341(參照第5圖(b) ),其次,在該基盤3的移動中,從絕緣層形成裝置C的 噴墨噴嘴噴射陶瓷粘合液(參照第51圖(a)),在該絕緣片 ZS上的電極層341之間和電極層341的鄰接部形成絕緣層 340,從而形成由電極層341和絕緣層340構成的薄膜層 ,S16(參照第52圖(c))。 然後,在上述電極層3 4 1和絕緣層3 4 0的上面,利用 右側吸附傳送機構320叠置絕緣片ZS(參照第51圖(b)和 第 52圖(d)) 〇 進一步,當基盤3從右端側向左端側移動時,藉右側 按壓裝置R的按壓將最上層部的絕緣片ZS壓接到於其下面 的電極層341和絕緣層3 4 0上(參照第51圖.(b)),在該基 盤3的移動中,利用激光打孔裝置P在最上層部的絕緣片 -75- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製I ---- Order --------- Line "Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The structure different from the first to third embodiments of the above is that: The body 251 is a hollow box-shaped inner body; openings 251b, 251b are formed on the two opposite sides of the body 251 for the upper insulation layer forming device C, the drying device L, and the conductor layer forming device E to enter and exit; And a shut-off device 关闭 that closes the two side openings 251b, 251b so that the stacking space S on the work table ST does not communicate with the outside air; and M and forms a vacuum atmosphere in the stacking space S The vacuum device 1. In the figure, a manufacturing device that does not use a laser drilling device is shown. The opposite openings 251b and 251b on the body 251 are provided with sliding windows or shutters that constitute a blocking device H. This shut-off device Η closes the openings 25 1b and 25 1b so as not to communicate with the outside air in the stacking space S. The vacuum device 1 is an exhaust device (multi-leaf fan) that exhausts the air in the stacking space S to the outside. , Axial flow fan) is provided on the upper plate 251c of the body 251. Also, in this embodiment The crimping device R 'used at the time of the false crimping is also used as the crimping device at the time of the true crimping. In addition, the manufacturing device shown in the third embodiment of the upper part provided with a laser drilling device is located in front of the body 25 1 The part is also made as an open part, forming a three-sided open type, and a window or a sliding door that can slide up and down should be provided in the open part to constitute a blocking device. In this embodiment, when an insulating layer and an electrode layer are formed, Each open portion 251b is kept in an open state. When the insulating layer forming device C, the drying device L, and the conductive layer forming device E are used each time, the laser drilling device P enters and exits the stacking space S from these open portions 251b. These devices C, L, E, and P are returned to the machine's origin position (backward position) -71- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the back first Please pay attention to this page and fill in this page) Order --------- Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (.) When the required number of film layers are formed during the manufacturing process , And perform false compression bonding on the film layer. After the number of layers of the thin film layer is temporarily crimped, each of the open portions 251b is closed with a blocking device, so that the lamination space S is not in communication with the outside air. The vacuum device 1 is used to eliminate the Air, while performing true compression bonding (g ') on the laminated body CS with a predetermined pressure stronger than that of the false compression bonding (see FIG. 49). In this way, it is possible to provide a communication from a space S for lamination, Open the open part 251b of the two-way to four-way body 251, so that the insulating layer forming device C, the drying device L, and the conductive layer forming device E, and the laser drilling device P enters and exits into the stacking space S when necessary, and provides a window Or the shutter closes these open portions 251b and a vacuum device 1 is provided to evacuate the stacking space S to form a tight arrangement of the devices C, L, E, and P around the body. It is a device for manufacturing a laminated body by true pressure bonding K. Next, a fifth invention will be described. This fifth invention uses an insulating sheet, and an electrode is formed on the insulating sheet. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (please read the precautions on the back before this page); Line-time Figure 50 illustrates the outline of the manufacturing device of the fifth invention. This laminated body manufacturing apparatus is arranged in a casing (not shown), and the movable table 2 can be reciprocally mounted on a linear and horizontally arranged guide rail 1 and provided on the upper portion of the movable table 2 The base plate 3 made of stainless steel which can be moved up and down constitutes a work table 5, and the above-mentioned guide rail 1 forms an interval path la allowing the base plate 3 to reciprocate. These structures are the same as those of the embodiment of the first invention. The section path la is a straight path having a width approximately equal to the width of the base plate 3, and an ink jet sprayer 7 as an insulation calendar forming device C is provided on the upper part thereof. 2 ~ This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( (210 X 297 mm) 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The nozzle and the inkjet nozzle as the conductor layer forming device E can also be appropriately combined with an additional pressing roller as the pressing device R and a laser punching device P Laser drilling unit. The length of this section path is about 1.5 ~ 2a. In addition, insulating sheet lamination devices K are arranged on both sides of this section path la. With a servo motor or pulsed motor drive (not shown) and a screw shaft rotated by it, the movable table 2 is reciprocated along the long direction (X direction) of the above-mentioned section path, and the base plate 3 is along the above-mentioned section path. Move, and its direction and speed are controlled by the controller. The base plate 3 is also moved up and down by a drive source of a servo motor or a pulse motor and a screw shaft rotated by the drive source. The up-and-down movement of the base plate 3 is controlled by the controller to sequentially lower the base plate 3 in accordance with the lamination program. The ink-jet nozzles as the insulating layer forming device C and the conductor layer forming device E are a plurality of nozzles arranged at minute intervals along the direction M across the path of the section 逑, and the pressing means ϋ also extends along the section of the section path. Provisioning. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In addition, it is preferable to unitize the upper insulating layer forming device C, the conductor calendar forming device E, the pressing device R, and the laser drilling device P, and make it accessible when necessary. Adjustable setting position. For example, as shown in FIG. 55 and FIG. 56, the support wall 4 d is provided on a portion that becomes the back side of the work table 5, and one or more units are detachably mounted on the support wall 4 d. The above-mentioned insulating layer forming device C, conductive layer forming device E, pressing device R, and laser drilling device P. Since this is the same as the second invention described above, the same reference numerals are used, and descriptions thereof are omitted. The upper insulation sheet stacking device K, as shown in Fig. 54, is provided by an output mechanism 310 that outputs a ribbon T with an insulation sheet ZS attached to it. The size of the paper is adapted to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4. Specifications (210 X 297 mm) 565864 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The insulation sheet ZS peeled off by object T and transferred to the adsorption transfer mechanism 3 2 0 on the base plate 3 Make up. The above-mentioned ribbon T is composed of an insulating H ZS having a sheet-like ceramic green sheet adhered to the surface of a belt-shaped carrier film k made of a synthetic resin film such as polyethylene terephthalate. The output mechanism 310 has a ribbon T that can be rolled out by the take-up roller 3 12 to output the output roller 311 and is slidably matched with the carrier film k side of the ribbon T in the path between output and winding. A peeling mechanism 3 3 0 provided with an acute angle portion 313 at an end portion on the downstream side (end portion on the side in the conveyance direction) bends the ribbon T conveyed into an acute angle. When the output mechanism 310 is used, since the ribbon T is bent into an acute angle when passing through the upper acute angle portion 313, the insulating sheet ZS attached to the surface can be peeled off. The suction conveying mechanism 3 2 0 is a suction section 321 that sucks or releases the insulating sheet ZS by a vacuum mechanism and can move up and down and can move horizontally along the guide rail 323. The suction section 321 is disposed on the side of the suction section 321. The lower cutting blade 322 is configured, and the suction conveying mechanism 320 sucks and conveys the insulating sheet ZS which is output from the output mechanism 310 and is peeled from the ribbon T and cut into a predetermined shape by the cutting blade 322, and is stacked on the base plate 3 On the prescribed position. In addition, the above-mentioned insulation) = {the laminating device K represents an example of a configuration in which a strip-shaped insulating sheet ZS is cut and stacked on the substrate 3, but an insulating sheet ZS having a predetermined shape may be stacked on the substrate 3 in advance. On the composition. Repeat the insulation / lamination procedure for stacking the insulation sheet ZS according to the above manufacturing equipment (refer to Figure 52 (a) and (d), (h)) ·, spray on the insulation HZS -74- This paper size is applicable to China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order --------- Line. 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Conductor calendar forming procedure (refer to Fig. 52 (b) and (0, (j)) ·, forming an insulating layer forming procedure of spraying a ceramic bonding liquid for a spacer on the insulating sheet zs (see Fig. 52 (c) and (G)) and other procedures, it is possible to form a laminated body for a sensor body at a thickness of 1.6 mm between the respective insulation sheets ZS of the multilayer insulation sheet ZS and a thin film layer provided with a predetermined electrode pattern. A detailed description of the manufacturing process of the upper case is given as an example. (Refer to Fig. 51 (a) and Fig. 52 (a).) The insulating sheet ZS is arranged on the base plate using the adsorption and conveying mechanism 3 2 0 on the left insulating sheet laminating device K. 3. Above, when the base plate 3 is moved from the left end side to the right end side, the conductor is ejected from the inkjet nozzle of the right conductor layer forming apparatus E (refer to FIG. 51 (a )), A conductive layer 341 having a predetermined area is formed on the insulating sheet ZS (refer to FIG. 5 (b)), and the ceramic bonding liquid is sprayed from the inkjet nozzle of the insulating layer forming apparatus C while the substrate 3 is being moved. (Refer to FIG. 51 (a)), an insulating layer 340 is formed between the electrode layers 341 on the insulating sheet ZS and the adjacent portion of the electrode layer 341, thereby forming a thin film layer composed of the electrode layer 341 and the insulating layer 340, S16 (Refer to Fig. 52 (c)). Then, on the electrode layer 3 41 and the insulating layer 3 4 0, an insulating sheet ZS is stacked by the right side suction transfer mechanism 320 (refer to Fig. 51 (b) and 52). (D)) 〇 Further, when the substrate 3 is moved from the right end side to the left end side, the uppermost insulating sheet ZS is crimped to the electrode layer 341 and the insulating layer 3 4 below by the pressing of the right pressing device R 0 (refer to Fig. 51 (b)), during the movement of the base plate 3, the laser punching device P is used as the insulating sheet at the uppermost layer -75- This paper standard applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Employees ’Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperation Printed

565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明( ZS的規定位置打出通孔342,進而在該基盤3的移動中, 從左側導體層形成装置Ε的噴墨噴嘴噴射導體爱(參照第 51圖(b)),藉由該電極導體爱填充上述通孔342彤成通孔 電極3 4 3 ,同時在絕緣片ZS上形成規定面積的電極層341( 參照第52圖(f)),隨後,從左側絕緣層彤成裝置C的噴墨 噴嘴噴射陶瓷粘合液(參照第51圖(b)),在該絕緣片ZS上 的電極層341之間和電極層341的鄰接部上形成絕緣層 3 4 0,從而形成由電極層341和絕緣層3 4 0構成的薄膜層 S16(參照第52圖(g))。 此後,重復依序實施利用吸附傳送機構320在導體層 341和絕緣層340的上面叠置絕緣片ZS的程序、及操作按 壓裝置激光打孔装置P,導體層形成裝置E,絕緣層形 成装置C的程序(參照第51圖(C)和第52圖(h)〜(j)),而 在基盤3上形成感應體用叠層體A16。 上述程序是例示感應體用層體的製造程序,但上述的 製造裝置,也同樣能夠製造第53圖例示的電容器用疊層體 A17 〇 在此,不詳细說明這時的程序,它大致上是省去上逑 程序中之藉由激光打孔裝置Ρ進行的程序。 下面,說明第5 7圖所示的第6發明的叠層體製造装置。 第57圖表示製造裝置的概要,即在圖中未示之垂直支 持壁上可旋轉地安裝旋轉鼓160,及在旋轉鼓16G的下方 一側附近配設一與上述第5發明的製造裝置中的絕緣片叠 層装置Κ大致相同的用Μ將絕緣片ZS叠置在上述旋轉鼓的 -76- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------裝--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項H寫本頁) 訂: 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印.:·:- 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 作業面160a上的絕緣片叠層裝置K, K及在旋轉鼓160的 下面配設回收製造出來的叠層體的叠層體回收機構180。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 又,該製造裝置具有,圖中未示的驅動上逑旋轉鼓 160的馬達和減速控制裝置,收容陶瓷粘合液的粘合液箱 ,收容導體耷的導體膏箱,對旋轉鼓.160內進行抽真空的 真空機構,控制箱,及配線裝置等。 旋轉鼓160與上逑第3發明栢同是由不銹鋼等金屬製 的多角形鼓(圖中的示例者為12角形),並在其外周面連鑕 的區劃平坦作業面160a,同時在各個作業面160a形成多 數可產生真空吸引作用的吸附孔161。 這些吸附孔161具有,藉設置在作業面16fla背面側 的滑動遮斷器3 5 0 ,於吸附絕緣片ZS時開放,於絕緣片ZS 脫離時關閉的構成。 上述旋轉鼓116藉馬達作連缅旋轉或間歆旋轉,在旋 轉停止時,可將上述絕緣片叠層裝置K的吸附傳送櫬構320 供給的絕緣片ZS吸附於吸附傳送機構3 2 0之吸附部321的 對向之作業面160a。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 上述絕緣片叠層裝置K因具有與上逑第5發明的製造 裝置的絕緣片叠層裝置大致相同的構成,所K不對其作詳 细的說明。簡言之,從滾筒311輸出由絕緣片ZS和載體膜 k構成的帶狀物T,將其捲在捲取滾筒312上,而在輸出 及捲取之間之路徑途中,利用剝離機構3 3 0將絕緣片ZS從 帶狀物T剝離下來,同時利用切斷刀刃3 2 2.將其切斷成規 定形狀,然後藉由吸附部321吸附,將其傳送到作業面 -77- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 160a的對向位置之後叠置在作業面160a上。 又,旋轉鼓160配設有作業台或備用台,K供間歇旋 轉時的停止狀態中,對著上述各作業面160a實施各作業, 在這些作業台ST上,按順時鐘方向,適當地配設第1按壓 装置R1,激光打孔裝置P,導體層形成裝置E,絕緣層形成 裝置C,第2按壓裝置R2等,進而,視需要可在激光打孔 裝置P,導體層形成裝置E,絕緣層形成裝置C的每個裝置 配設CCD攝像機單元Q。 第1按壓裝置R1,激光打孔裝置P,導體層形成裝置E ,絕緣層形成裝置C等各裝置具有可K在作業面160a上 沿X軸方向(旋轉鼓160的圓周方向)及Y軸方向(旋轉鼓 16G的寬度方向)移動,並且能夠對這個移動量進行控制 ,同時可沿與作業面160a成垂直之Z軸方向(接觸離開方 向)上下移動,並且能夠對這個移動量進行控制的構成。 又,第2按壓裝置R2是表示在作業面160a上沿Z軸 方向上下移動的壓板的一個例子,藉該壓板的下降,對叠 置在作業面160 a上的叠層體進行最後階段的按壓,以提 高絕緣片與電極層和絕緣層之間的密接性,使各層均勻化。 又,CCD攝像機單元Q是用Μ對絕緣片上的基準標記 進行攝像,而將其傳送至圖像處理裝置,並根據其使上述 之激光打孔裝置Ρ,導體層形成裝置Ε,絕緣層形成裝置C 沿X軸方向和Υ軸方向進行位置控制而定位,或者用以發 現絕緣層的針孔和電極層的斷線等之C CD攝像機。 又,上述叠層體回收機構180是在藉由旋轉鼓160的 -7 8 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再朝寫本頁) •-良 i&lt; —訂---------線k 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 規定數的旋轉在作業面160a上形成疊層體的最後階段,由 回收台181接受疊層體,進而由回收臂183將其收容在回 收箱184中(參照上述第31圖)之裝置。 又,當叠層體回收機構180接受叠層體時,藉對向於 回收台181的作業面160a的背面側的滑動遮斷器350,關 閉該作業面16Da的吸附孔161,使該叠層體脫開旋轉鼓160 內的真空吸引力的作用。 而且,依上逑製造裝置,當順時鐘方向間歇旋轉的旋 轉鼓160停止時,使對向於上逑各作業面16 0 a的絕緣片 叠層裝置K,第1按壓裝置R1,激光打孔裝置P,導體層形 成裝置E,絕緣層形成裝置C,第2按壓裝置82及叠層體回 收機構180等動作,即能製造叠層體。 在此不對上述各裝置和機構的動作順序詳细說明,但 是例如,在製造感應體用叠層體之場合,按照上逑第52圖 所示的叠層順序,在旋轉鼓160間歇旋轉時的停止狀態, 使對向於各作業面160a的上述各裝置和機構工作,即能 夠製造出II層體。 此外,在上述製造裝置中,顯示設置由第1按壓裝置 βΐ和第2按壓裝置R2構成的按壓裝置的較可取實施形態, 但是依省去其中任何一方的按壓裝置的構成,而於每次疊 置絕緣片時,或叠置最後的絕緣片後,用其中沒有省去一 方的按壓裝置按壓絕緣片上面亦可。 其次,說明第58圖所示的第7發明的叠層體製造裝置。 此製造裝置具有:在支持台3 6 0上面設置機體361,在 -79- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ---I--I--I — i! 篇! (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 此機體361的左右位置(X軸線方向的位置)中的一方配置 噴射陶瓷粘合液的絕緣層形成裝置C和噴射導體賫的導體 層形成裝置E,及在絕緣片ZS上面配置穿設通孔用之激光 打孔裝置P,K及用滾筒按壓絕緣片ZS上面的第1按壓裝 置R1,而在另一方設置絕緣片叠層裝置K的構成。 機體361具有:在相對的2個側面上形成有開口部 361b, 361b的箱狀本體的下板361a上,可上下移動地( 沿Z軸線方向可控制移動地)配置基盤3 6 2 ,在該本體的 上板36 1a可上下控制移動地(沿Z軸線方向可控制移動地 )與基盤3 6 2枏對地支持第2按壓裝置R2,而將基盤362 的上面與第2按壓裝置R2之間的空間作為叠層體的叠層用 空間S加K利用的構成。 進一步,在此機體361的上板361c的兩端部的各個 下面側,配置藉可滑動的窗或遮門等開閉開口部361b, 361b的遮斷裝置Η,Η,並且,在此機體361的上面載置 用排氣裝置使這兩個遮斷裝置Η, Η不與外部氣體連通時 的叠層用空間S形成真空氣氛的真空裝置1。 上述基盤362具有:藉設置在其下面的一與支持體連 接的伺服馬達、步進馬達等可電控的馬達作為驅動源的滾 珠螺桿機構及引導裝置等構成的台控制機構3 7 0 ,可上下 控制移動的構成·,又上逑第2壓接装置R2,在此實施例中 係具有:同樣地藉由可電控的馬達作為驅動源的滾珠螺稈 機構,引導裝置等構成的壓板控制機構3 80,可上下控制 移動地將壓板支持在本體的上板361c上的構成。 -8 0 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — — — — — — — — — — * — — — — — 11 — — — — — — — &lt;請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 絕緣層形成裝置C,導體層形成裝置E,激光打孔裝置 P,及第1按壓裝置11的各裝置係水平方向地並設在支持臂 391的前端,且具有藉由伺服馬達、步進馬達等可電控的 馬達作為驅動源的滾珠螺桿機構及引導裝置等構成的控制 移動裝置390,使該支持臂331可從側方朝向機體361移 動(接近·離開),出入於上述叠層用空間S內的構成。 絕緣片叠層裝置K係由:可將上述製造裝置的絕緣片 叠層裝置K相同的構造輸出的帶狀物T剝離其絕緣片ZS, 同時切割而輸出的輸出機構310,及吸附從帶狀物T所剝 離下來的絕緣H ZS而將其傳送到基盤362上的吸附傳送機 構3 2 0所構成。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 上述吸附傳送機構320具有:將藉真空機構吸附或釋 放絕緣片ZS的吸附部321,沿上下方向可升降地配設在支 持臂4 0 0的前端部,並且可沿固定在圖中未示出的支持壁 上的導軌323水平移動該支持臂400的後端部的構成,同 時在該吸附部321的側面側配設向下的切斷刀刃322, Κ 利該吸附部321吸附及傳送由上述輸出機構310輸出的帶 狀物Τ剝離下來並用切斷刀刃3 2 2切割的絕緣片ZS ,進而 將其叠置於基盤362上的規定位置。 因而,依上逑製造裝置,由於使絕緣片叠層裝置Κ, 絕緣層形成裝置C,導體層形成裝置Ε,激光打孔裝置Ρ, 第1按壓裝置R1出入於叠層用空間,而在基盤362上之絕 緣片ZS上形成配設有規定電極圖案的薄膜層,重復使這些 各裝置出入形成叠層體後,使各裝置後退,用左右兩個遮 -8 1 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 斷裝置Η, Η關閉兩個開口部361b, 361b,用真空裝置1排 除叠層用空間S的空氣,進而用第2按壓裝置R 2對叠層體 加壓(真壓接),排除殘留在絕緣H ZS和薄膜層之間及薄膜 層内部的空氣,提高絕緣片ZS和薄膜層的緊密接著性,使 各層均質一體化。 對於對於上述各裝置和機構的動作順序不加予詳逑, 但例如,在製造感應體用叠層體之場合,依上述第52圖所 示的叠層順序,使上逑各裝置出入於鲞層用空間S即可。 此外,上述製造裝置顯示了作為按壓裝置設置第1按 壓裝置R1和第2按壓裝置R2兩者的較佳實施樣態,但亦可 採用省去第1按壓裝置R1,而於每次叠層絕緣片ZS時,或 於叠層最後的絕緣片ZS後,用第2按壓裝置R2對絕緣片上 面進行假壓接和真壓接之方法。 又,該製造裝置也可Μ是具有省去遮斷裝置和真空裝 置,而在大氣壓的氣氛中,按壓絕緣片的上面的構成。 又,在第52圖所示的叠層體製造程序中,亦可使形成 .電極層的程序和形成絕緣層的程序(第52圖(b)和(c),同 圖的(f)和(g))顛倒。 此外,本發明製造的叠曆體,不侷跟於所描述的感應 體、電容器,亦可包含叠層基板、電阻器、磁性體等電子 組件叠層體。 依本發明,因為在基盤往復移動的直線狀的區間路徑 上並設絕緣層形成裝置,導體層形成裝置和乾燥裝置,使 在基盤往前移動時和往復移動時的各程序中有效地進行規 -82- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 裝 1 1 n 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 定的作業,所K能夠高效率地製作叠層體的各薄膜層,並 且能夠縮短這些鲞層體的製造時間提高生產性。 加之,因為只要並設必霈而最少個數的上述絕緣層形 成裝置,導體層形成裝置和乾烽裝置即可,所以能縮短上 上逑區間路徑的必要長度,提供可實用化的小型裝置,從 而提供價廉的製造裝置。 而且,因為乾燥裝置中的至少一個可K配置在上逑區 間路徑的大致中央部分,所K能夠有效地連鑛進行絕緣層 形成程序,導體層(電極層、電阻器、磁性體等)形成程序 等的作業程序,且能夠使上述基盤的移動區間路徑最小, 促進裝置小型化。 又,如果在上逑絕緣層形成裝置中的至少1個K上採 用噴墨方式,則能夠高精度地形成在電極層之間的凹嵌部 分充填陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂#等的絕緣層,能夠除去發 生空隙的原因,確保上述絕緣層的平坦性,能夠保證製造 出來的電子部件的品質。 又,因為上逑導體層形成裝置是用噴墨方式噴射導體 齎,所K可Μ用此導體層形成裝置,在電極圖案上直接噴 射導體齎,不用打出通孔,就能夠高精度及確實且迅速地 形成通孔電極。 另一方面,即使在用激光打孔方式打出通孔的埸合, 也能夠用導體層形成裝置充填導體赍,高精度且確實地形 成通孔電極。 因為可Κ在形成的薄膜層的上面進行假壓接,所以能 -8 3 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------^---------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 A7565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (through the through hole 342 at a predetermined position of ZS, and then during the movement of the substrate 3, the conductor is sprayed from the inkjet nozzle of the conductor layer forming device E on the left side (refer to FIG. 51 (b)), The above-mentioned through-hole 342 is filled with this electrode conductor to form a through-hole electrode 3 4 3, and an electrode layer 341 of a predetermined area is formed on the insulating sheet ZS (refer to FIG. 52 (f)). The inkjet nozzle of the forming device C sprays the ceramic bonding liquid (refer to FIG. 51 (b)), and an insulating layer 3 4 0 is formed between the electrode layers 341 on the insulating sheet ZS and adjacent portions of the electrode layers 341, so that A thin-film layer S16 composed of an electrode layer 341 and an insulating layer 3 4 0 is formed (refer to FIG. 52 (g)). Thereafter, the conductive layer 341 and the insulating layer 340 are stacked and insulated by the adsorption transfer mechanism 320 in sequence. Program of the sheet ZS and operation of the pressing device laser drilling device P, the conductor layer forming device E, and the insulating layer forming device C (refer to Fig. 51 (C) and 52 (h) to (j)), and A laminated body A16 for an inductor is formed on the substrate 3. The above procedure is an example of the production of a laminated body for an inductor. Manufacturing process, but the above-mentioned manufacturing apparatus can also manufacture the laminated body A17 for capacitors illustrated in FIG. 53. Here, the process at this time is not described in detail, and it is basically omitting the laser printing process in the winding process. The procedure performed by the hole device P. Next, the laminated body manufacturing device of the sixth invention shown in Figs. 5 to 7 will be described. Fig. 57 shows the outline of the manufacturing device, that is, a vertical support wall not shown in the figure is rotatable. The rotary drum 160 is mounted, and an insulating sheet laminating device K in the manufacturing apparatus of the fifth invention described above is disposed near the lower side of the rotary drum 16G. The insulating sheet ZS is stacked on the rotary drum. -76- This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------------- Installation --- (Please read the precautions on the back first to write this Page) Order: Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs .. :::-565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The insulation sheet lamination device K, K on the working surface 160a, and the recovery is arranged under the rotating drum 160 The laminated body recovery mechanism 180 of the manufactured laminated body. (Please read the (Please fill in this page for the matters needing attention.) The manufacturing device includes a motor (not shown) that drives the upper drum rotating drum 160 and a deceleration control device, a bonding liquid tank that contains a ceramic bonding liquid, and a conductive paste box that contains a conductor. The vacuum mechanism, control box, and wiring device that evacuates the rotary drum .160. The rotary drum 160 is a polygonal drum made of metal such as stainless steel, like the third invention of the upper case (the example in the figure is: 12 corners), and the outer peripheral surface is divided into flat working surfaces 160a, and at the same time, a large number of suction holes 161 are formed in each working surface 160a that can generate a vacuum suction effect. These suction holes 161 have a configuration in which a slide breaker 350 provided on the back side of the working surface 16fla is opened when the insulating sheet ZS is sucked, and closed when the insulating sheet ZS is detached. The rotating drum 116 is rotated by a motor to rotate continuously or intermittently. When the rotation is stopped, the insulating sheet ZS supplied by the adsorption conveying structure 320 of the insulating sheet laminating device K can be adsorbed on the adsorption conveying mechanism 3 2 0. The working surface 160a of the portion 321 is opposite. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The above-mentioned insulating sheet stacking device K has substantially the same configuration as the insulating sheet stacking device of the manufacturing apparatus of the fifth invention, and therefore K will not be described in detail. In short, the belt T composed of the insulating sheet ZS and the carrier film k is output from the drum 311, and is wound on the winding drum 312, and the peeling mechanism 3 3 is used during the path between the output and the winding. 0 Peel off the insulating sheet ZS from the ribbon T, and use the cutting blade 3 2 at the same time 2. Cut it into a predetermined shape, and then suck it by the suction unit 321 to transfer it to the work surface -77- paper size Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () 160a is superimposed on the working surface 160a after facing the position. In addition, the rotary drum 160 is provided with a work table or a standby table, and in the stopped state during intermittent rotation, each work is performed against each of the work surfaces 160a, and these work tables ST are appropriately arranged in a clockwise direction. The first pressing device R1, the laser drilling device P, the conductive layer forming device E, the insulating layer forming device C, the second pressing device R2, and the like are provided. Furthermore, if necessary, the laser drilling device P and the conductive layer forming device E, Each device of the insulating layer forming device C is provided with a CCD camera unit Q. Each of the first pressing device R1, the laser drilling device P, the conductor layer forming device E, and the insulating layer forming device C has a working surface 160a in the X-axis direction (the circumferential direction of the rotating drum 160) and the Y-axis direction. (The width direction of the rotating drum 16G), and can control this amount of movement, and can move up and down in the Z-axis direction (contact and separation direction) perpendicular to the working surface 160a, and can control this amount of movement . The second pressing device R2 is an example of a pressure plate that moves up and down in the Z-axis direction on the work surface 160a, and the laminate is stacked on the work surface 160a in the final stage of pressing by lowering the pressure plate. In order to improve the adhesion between the insulating sheet and the electrode layer and the insulating layer, the layers are made uniform. In addition, the CCD camera unit Q captures the fiducial mark on the insulating sheet with M and transfers it to the image processing apparatus. Based on this, the above-mentioned laser drilling device P, conductor layer forming device E, and insulating layer forming device are used. C Positioned in the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction for position control, or used to find pinholes in the insulation layer and broken wires in the electrode layer. In addition, the above-mentioned laminated body recovery mechanism 180 uses a rotating drum 160-7 8-This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before moving (Write this page) • -Good i &lt; —Order --------- line k Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention ( In the final stage of forming the laminated body on the working surface 160a by a predetermined number of rotations, the laminated body is received by the recovery table 181, and then the device is stored in the recovery box 184 by the recovery arm 183 (see FIG. 31 above). When the laminated body recovery mechanism 180 receives the laminated body, by closing the slide breaker 350 on the back side of the working surface 160a of the recovery stage 181, the suction hole 161 of the 16 Da working surface is closed to stack the laminated body. The body disengages the role of the vacuum attraction inside the rotating drum 160. In addition, according to the above manufacturing equipment, when the rotating drum 160 intermittently rotated in the clockwise direction is stopped, the insulating sheet laminating device K, the first pressing device R1, and the laser punching are arranged to face each of the working surfaces of the above 160 a. The device P, the conductor layer forming device E, the insulating layer forming device C, the second pressing device 82, and the laminated body recovery mechanism 180 are operated to produce a laminated body. The operation sequence of the above devices and mechanisms will not be described in detail here. However, for example, in the case of manufacturing a laminated body for an inductor, in accordance with the laminated sequence shown in FIG. 52 above, when the rotary drum 160 is intermittently rotated, In the stopped state, the above-mentioned devices and mechanisms opposed to the respective working surfaces 160a are operated, and a layer II body can be manufactured. In addition, in the above-mentioned manufacturing apparatus, a preferred embodiment in which a pressing device including a first pressing device βΐ and a second pressing device R2 is provided is provided. However, any one of the pressing devices is omitted. When setting the insulation sheet, or after stacking the last insulation sheet, press the top of the insulation sheet with a pressing device without omitting one of them. Next, a laminated body manufacturing apparatus of a seventh invention shown in FIG. 58 will be described. This manufacturing device has: the body 361 is set on the support table 3 6 0, and the paper size is -79-. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) --- I--I--I- i! articles! (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () One of the left and right positions (positions in the X axis direction) of this body 361 is equipped with spray The insulating layer forming device C of the ceramic adhesive liquid and the conductive layer forming device E of the spray conductor 賫, and the laser drilling device P, K for passing through holes are arranged on the insulating sheet ZS, and the upper part of the insulating sheet ZS is pressed by a roller. The first pressing device R1 has a configuration in which an insulating sheet laminating device K is provided on the other side. The body 361 has a lower plate 361a of a box-shaped body having openings 361b and 361b formed on two opposite sides, and a base plate 3 6 2 is movably arranged (movably controlled along the Z axis direction). The upper plate 36 1a of the main body can be controlled to move up and down (controllable to move along the Z axis direction) and the base plate 3 6 2 枏 to support the second pressing device R2 on the ground, and the upper surface of the base plate 362 and the second pressing device R2 The space used as the stacking space S plus K is used as a stack. Further, on each lower side of both ends of the upper plate 361c of the body 361, blocking devices Η, Η, which open and close the openings 361b, 361b, such as a sliding window or a shutter, are provided. A vacuum device 1 for placing a vacuum atmosphere on the stacking space S when the two interrupting devices Η, Η are not placed in communication with outside air is placed on the upper side. The above-mentioned base plate 362 has a table control mechanism 3 704 formed by a ball screw mechanism and a guide device, which are electrically driven by a servo motor, a stepping motor, and the like that are connected to the support, and are provided as a driving source. The structure of the vertical control movement, and the second crimping device R2, in this embodiment has a pressure plate control composed of a ball screw mechanism with a controllable motor as a driving source and a guide device. The mechanism 3 80 is configured to support the pressing plate on the upper plate 361 c of the main body so as to be vertically movable. -8 0-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 11 — — — — — — &lt; (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 565864 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention () Insulation layer forming device C, conductor layer forming device E, laser drilling device P, and first pressing device 11 The control arm 331 is a directional control device 390 which is provided at the front end of the support arm 391 and has a ball screw mechanism and a guide device, which are driven by an electrically controllable motor such as a servo motor and a stepping motor. A structure that can be moved (approached and separated) from the side toward the body 361 to enter and exit the above-mentioned stacking space S. The insulating sheet laminating device K is composed of an output mechanism 310 that can peel off the insulating sheet ZS from the strip T that has the same structure and output as the insulating sheet laminating device K of the above-mentioned manufacturing device, and adsorbs the tape from the belt shape. The insulation H ZS from which the object T is peeled off is configured by a suction transfer mechanism 3 2 0 that transfers it to the base plate 362. The above-mentioned adsorption and conveying mechanism 320 printed by the employee's consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs has: an adsorption section 321 that adsorbs or releases the insulating sheet ZS by a vacuum mechanism, and is vertically arranged at the front end of the support arm 400, The rear end portion of the support arm 400 can be horizontally moved along a guide rail 323 fixed to a support wall (not shown), and a downward cutting blade 322, κ is provided on the side of the suction portion 321. The suction part 321 is adapted to suck and transport the insulating tape ZS peeled off by the above-mentioned output mechanism 310 and cut with a cutting blade 3 2 2, and then stack it on a predetermined position on the base plate 362. Therefore, according to the above manufacturing equipment, the insulating sheet laminating device K, the insulating layer forming device C, the conductive layer forming device E, the laser drilling device P, and the first pressing device R1 are put in and out of the laminating space, and are placed on the substrate. A thin film layer provided with a predetermined electrode pattern is formed on the insulating sheet ZS on 362. After repeating these devices in and out to form a laminated body, the devices are retracted and covered with left and right -8 1-This paper size applies to China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Breaking device Η, Η Close the two openings 361b, 361b, and use the vacuum device 1 to remove the air in the stacking space S, and further The second pressing device R 2 is used to pressurize the laminated body (true compression bonding) to remove air remaining between the insulating H ZS and the thin film layer and inside the thin film layer, so as to improve the adhesion between the insulating sheet ZS and the thin film layer. All layers are homogeneous and integrated. The operation sequence of each of the above devices and mechanisms is not described in detail, but for example, in the case of manufacturing a multilayer body for an inductor, the upper devices are moved in and out according to the stacking sequence shown in FIG. 52 above. The floor space S is sufficient. In addition, the above manufacturing apparatus shows a preferred embodiment in which both the first pressing device R1 and the second pressing device R2 are provided as pressing devices, but the first pressing device R1 may be omitted and the insulation may be laminated each time. When the sheet ZS is used, or after the last insulating sheet ZS is laminated, the second pressing device R2 is used to perform false compression bonding and true compression bonding on the top of the insulating sheet. In addition, the manufacturing apparatus may have a configuration in which the blocking device and the vacuum device are omitted, and the upper surface of the insulating sheet is pressed in an atmosphere of atmospheric pressure. Also, in the manufacturing process of the laminated body shown in FIG. 52, the process of forming the electrode layer and the process of forming the insulating layer (FIGS. 52 (b) and (c), and (f) and (G)) Upside down. In addition, the laminated body manufactured by the present invention may not only follow the described inductors and capacitors, but may also include laminated electronic components such as laminated substrates, resistors, and magnetic bodies. According to the present invention, since the insulating layer forming device, the conductive layer forming device, and the drying device are provided on the linear section path of the base plate reciprocating, the procedures are effectively performed during the forward movement of the base plate and the reciprocating movement. -82- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 x 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Packing 1 1 n Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Consumer Cooperatives 565864 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () The company can efficiently produce each thin film layer of the laminated body, and can shorten the manufacturing time of these laminated bodies to improve productivity . In addition, as long as the necessary and minimum number of the above-mentioned insulating layer forming devices, conductor layer forming devices, and drying devices can be provided in parallel, the necessary length of the path between the upper and lower sections can be shortened, and a practical small device can be provided. This provides an inexpensive manufacturing apparatus. Moreover, because at least one of the drying devices can be arranged in the approximate central portion of the path of the upper loop, K can effectively connect the mine to perform the insulation layer formation process and the conductor layer (electrode layer, resistor, magnetic body, etc.) formation process. And other work procedures, and can minimize the path of the movement zone of the substrate, and promote miniaturization of the device. In addition, if an inkjet method is used on at least one K in the upper insulation layer forming device, an insulation layer filled with a ceramic bonding solution or an insulating resin #, etc., in the recessed portion between the electrode layers can be formed with high accuracy. It is possible to remove the cause of the occurrence of voids, ensure the flatness of the insulating layer, and ensure the quality of the manufactured electronic component. In addition, because the upper conductor layer forming device sprays the conductor layer by an inkjet method, the conductor layer forming device can be used to directly spray the conductor layer on the electrode pattern, and it is possible to accurately and reliably perform the hole formation without forming a through hole. A via electrode is quickly formed. On the other hand, even when a through-hole coupling is made by a laser drilling method, a conductor layer can be filled with a conductor layer forming device, and a through-hole electrode can be accurately formed. Because it can be crimped on top of the formed film layer, it can be -8 3-This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) -------- ^- -------- ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 565864 A7

五、發明說明() 夠對由絕緣層形成裝置,導體層形成裝置形成的絕緣層和 電極圖案上面的凹凸狀進行均勻實現平面化,提高下一薄 膜層的叠層精度並且提高與下層薄膜層的緊密接著性使各 曆均質一體化,從而能夠提供高品質的叠層體。 而且,因為除了上述假壓接功能.外,可K除去陶瓷粘 合液或導體資的微粒片使它們不會相互混入,所K能夠製 造更高品質的叠層體。 因為在基盤往前移動時和往復移動時的各程序中能夠 有效地進行規定作業,所K能夠高效率地製作叠層體的各 薄膜層,並且能夠縮短這些叠層體的製造時間提高生產性。 而且,因為使上絕緣層形成單元,導體層形成單元和 乾燥單元可以分別裝在機殻上和從機殻卸下地實施單元化 ,所K能夠容易地裝配這些各單元,而且藉變更各單元的 配置能夠將其設定於電容器、感應體、電阻器、磁性體等 叠層型電子組件和叠層基板的製造裝置上,從而能夠提供 價廉的具有廣泛用途的小型裝置。 又,因為上絕緣層形成單元和導體層形成單元採用噴 墨方式,所K可K形成微细緻密的層,並且能夠在電極層 之間的凹嵌部中填充陶瓷粘合液等形成高精度的絕緣層, 即使在用激光打孔方式打出通孔時,也能夠用導體層形成 單元填充導體膏,高精度且確實地形成通孔電極。 進一步,因為在形成的薄膜層上面進行假壓接,所以 能夠對由絕緣層形成單元,導體層形成單元形成的絕緣層 和電極圖案上面的凹凸狀進行均勻平面化,提高下一薄膜 -8 4 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 0. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製V. Description of the invention () Enough to planarize the unevenness on the insulating layer and the electrode pattern formed by the insulating layer forming device and the conductor layer forming device, improve the lamination accuracy of the next film layer, and increase the accuracy with the lower film layer. The tight adherence of each calendar enables homogeneous integration of each calendar, thereby providing a high-quality laminated body. In addition, in addition to the above-mentioned pseudo-crimping function, fine particles of ceramic adhesive or conductive materials can be removed so that they do not mix with each other, so that a higher quality laminated body can be manufactured. Because the prescribed work can be performed efficiently in the programs when the substrate is moved forward and when it is reciprocated, the thin film layers of the laminated body can be efficiently produced, and the manufacturing time of these laminated bodies can be shortened to improve productivity. . In addition, since the upper insulating layer is formed into a unit, the conductor layer forming unit and the drying unit can be separately mounted on and detached from the casing, and the units can be easily assembled, and by changing the unit's The arrangement can be set on a manufacturing device of a multilayer electronic component such as a capacitor, an inductor, a resistor, a magnetic body, and a multilayer substrate, and thus it is possible to provide an inexpensive and compact device having a wide range of applications. In addition, because the upper insulating layer forming unit and the conductor layer forming unit use an inkjet method, it is possible to form a fine and dense layer, and it is possible to fill a recessed portion between the electrode layers with a ceramic bonding solution or the like to form a high-precision layer. The insulating layer enables the conductor paste to be filled with a conductor layer forming unit even when a through hole is punched out by a laser drilling method, thereby forming a through hole electrode with high accuracy. Furthermore, since the false compression bonding is performed on the formed thin film layer, the unevenness on the insulating layer formed by the insulating layer forming unit, the conductive layer forming unit, and the electrode pattern can be uniformly planarized, thereby improving the next thin film-8 4 -This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 0. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs

一n n n in ϋ II ϋ I ϋ I n 1 I n n ϋ n n I I i n I ϋ n n ϋ I ϋ B— ϋ I 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 層的叠層精度並且提高與下層薄膜層緊密接著性,使各層 均質一體化,從而提供高品質的叠層體。 而且,因為用CCD攝像機單元檢測形成的薄膜層的表 面狀態,故能夠發現絕緣層的針孔和電極層的斷線等,所 K能夠提高叠層體製造的成品率,提.高生產性,並且能夠 發現噴墨噴嘴等的噴孔堵塞容易進行維修檢査。 因為藉多角形狀的旋轉鼓的間歇地旋轉,在各作業面 上進行規定的作業,所K能夠高效率地製作叠層體的各層 薄膜,並且可同時製出多個叠層體,故能夠縮短製造時間 ,提高生產性。 而且,因為用旋轉鼓使各作業面成旋轉方式,所K可 提供設備佔地面積小的小型化製造裝置。 又,因為使用捲在旋轉鼓上的載體膜,所K能夠在作 業面上確實地保持薄膜層的叠層狀態,並且容易回收叠層 體。而且,能夠使上述載體膜K緊張狀態與各作業面緊密 接。進一步,能夠縮短旋轉鼓旋轉一次所需的時間,提高 .薄膜層的製造速度增進生產性。 而且,如果在絕緣層形成裝置上使用噴墨噴嘴方式, 則能夠形成緻密的絕緣層提高絕緣精度,同時藉確實地控 制噴墨方式的絕緣層形成裝置,導體層形成裝置的位置, 能夠形成正確的電極圖案。 又,能夠對用噴墨方式形成的絕緣層的上面進行平坦 且均勻化,實現均質化,能夠容易並確實地製造具有通孔 電極的感應體等的叠層體,並且對在薄膜層的陶瓷粘合液 -85- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -----------------111 ------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明() 和導體脅上產生的微细的凹凸不平進行均勻化確保平坦性 ,使叠層均勻一致,提高叠層精度。 而且,能夠容易且確實地回收在旋轉鼓的各作業面上 形成的叠層體,並且能夠實現在鲞層體回收機構的設置空 間內方便地進行配置的構造。 因為使絕緣層形成裝置,導體層形成裝置和乾燥裝置 可K分別在作業台上方出入地設置這些裝置,在確定了作 業台位置後,通適絕緣層形成裝置,導體層形成裝置和乾 燥裝置的出入進行規定的作業,形成薄膜層,所Μ能夠高 效率地製作叠層體的各薄膜層,並且可因增加這些叠層體 的製造速度而縮短製造時間,提高生產性。 而且,作為絕緣層形成裝置,採用噴墨方式時,能夠 高精度且高緻密地形成導體層、絕緣層。而且,可藉將陶 瓷粘合液填充殘留在電極層之間的凹嵌部分形成絕緣層, 故能夠消除發生空隙的原因,確保絕緣層的平坦性,從而 能有效地保持製造出來的電子部件的品質。 而且,因藉由噴墨方式之絕緣層形成裝置形成通孔, 並用噴墨方式的導體層形成裝置在這個通孔中充填連接電 極層之間的通孔電極,故能夠高精度地確實且形成通孔電 極。 又,用假壓接裝置對薄膜層進行假壓接的場合,可使 由絕緣層形成裝置,導體層形成裝置形成的絕緣層和導體 圖案上面的凹凸均勻平面化,提高下一薄膜層的叠層精度 並且提高與下層薄膜層的緊密接著性使各層均質一體化, 8 6- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 請 先 閲 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 項 頁 I I I I I訂 線 籲 565864 A7 B7 五、發明說明() 形成高品質的叠層體,同時能預防真壓接時發生形狀崩漬 等使成品率下降的‘問題。 而且,採用隔着叠層的空間將假壓接裝置對向地配置 於作業台上的佈局時,可有效利用作業台周圍的唯一殘留 的上方空間設置假壓接裝置,故可在不損害各裝置的功能 下,達到進一步小型化,使整個裝置變得更緊湊紮實。 而且,進一步設置當使各装置(絕緣層形成裝置,乾 燥裝置和導體層形成裝置等)後退時,可閉塞作業台上方 的叠層用空間,使該叠層用空間內不與外氣連通的遮斷裝 置,和使該叠層用空間内形成真空氣氛的真空裝置時,即 能提供一種占有空間小,又可一邊叠置叠層體一邊實施從 假壓接到真壓接作業的小型便利的製造裝置。 又,採用可使激光打孔裝置出入作業台上的構成時, 即使採用刮刀塗佈方式,滾筒塗佈方式等絕緣層形成装置 形成絕緣層的場合也能形成通孔,且能在該通孔中高精度 地形成通孔電極。 此外,由於將絕緣層形成裝置,乾燥裝置,導體層形 成裝置和激光打孔裝置集合的配設在上述作業台的周圍, 因此提供一邊用打孔加工形成通孔和通孔電極,一邊叠置 叠層體進行假壓接或真壓接的製造裝置時,能夠實現製造 裝置的小型化和節省空間的目的。 因為在多層絕緣片的各絕緣片之間形成配設有規定電 極圖案的薄膜層,於是各個薄膜層內絕緣片·夾住,故可提 高各薄膜層的平坦性。 -87- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項3寫本頁) 裝 訂-- - ----- 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明() 此外,因為使絕緣片叠置在薄膜層上,故比藉由噴射 陶瓷粘合液形成平坦狀的絕緣層(具有電極層的薄膜層上 下的絕緣層)的場合,可以縮短作業時間。 所K,除了能夠高精度地形成高平坦性的具有電極( 導體)圖寨的薄膜層外,能夠在短時.間內由絕緣片形成該 薄膜層上下的絕緣層,结果,能夠高效率地生產出內部精 度高的高品質的叠層體。 而且,因為在基盤往前移動時和往復移動時的各程序 中有效地進行規定的作業,所以能夠高效率地製造叠層體 的各薄膜層,並且能夠縮短這些叠層體的製造時間,提高 生產性。 而且,因為只要並設必需而最少個數的上述絕緣層形 成裝置及導體層形成裝置即可,所Μ能夠將上述區間路徑 的必要長度設定較短,提供實用的小型装置,而且由於上 述各形成裝置的個數少所以能夠提供價廉的製造裝置。 進一步,因將上述的各個絕緣層形成裝置,導體層形 .成装置單元化,並使其可Κ裝上機殻和從機殻卸下,所以 容易進行這些各單元的配置,而且藉由變更各單元的配置 即能因應與多種多樣的叠層體的製造需求,能提供價廉且 又具有廣泛用途的小型裝置。 進一步,由於藉由多角形狀的旋轉鼓的間歇旋轉,而 在其各作業面上進行規定的作業,所Κ能高效率地製作叠 層體的各層薄膜,並且能同時製成多個叠層體,故可縮短 製造時間,提高生產性。 -8 8 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ------------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂---------線. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A7 B7 五、發明説明() kjcd · 圖, 第4圖U)〜(d)是表示第3實施例的作業程序的侧面 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) tsa · 圃, 第5圖(a)〜(d)是表示第4實施例的作業程序的側面 圖; 第6圖U)〜(e)是表示第5實施例的作業程序的側面 圖; 第7画(a)〜(d)是表示第6實施例的作業程序的侧面 圖; 第8圖(a)〜(e)是表示第7實施例的作業程序的侧面A nnn in ϋ II ϋ I ϋ I n 1 I nn ϋ nn II in I ϋ nn ϋ I ϋ B— ϋ I 565864 Printed by A7 B7 of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Accuracy and improved adhesion to the underlying thin film layer make each layer homogeneous and integrated, thereby providing a high-quality laminated body. In addition, since the surface state of the formed thin film layer is detected by the CCD camera unit, pinholes in the insulating layer and disconnection of the electrode layer can be found. Therefore, the yield of the laminated body can be improved, and the productivity can be improved. In addition, it can be found that the nozzle holes of inkjet nozzles and the like are clogged for easy maintenance inspection. Because of the intermittent rotation of the polygonal rotating drum and performing predetermined operations on each work surface, each layer of the laminated body can be efficiently produced, and multiple laminated bodies can be produced simultaneously, so it can be shortened. Manufacturing time improves productivity. In addition, since each working surface is rotated by a rotary drum, the company can provide a compact manufacturing apparatus with a small equipment footprint. In addition, since the carrier film wound on the rotating drum is used, it is possible to reliably maintain the laminated state of the thin film layers on the work surface, and it is easy to recover the laminated body. Further, the tension state of the carrier film K can be brought into close contact with each work surface. Furthermore, the time required for one rotation of the rotary drum can be shortened, and the manufacturing speed of the thin film layer can be increased to improve productivity. In addition, if the inkjet nozzle method is used for the insulating layer forming device, a dense insulating layer can be formed to improve the insulation accuracy. At the same time, the position of the conductor layer forming device can be accurately formed by controlling the insulating layer forming device of the inkjet method. Electrode pattern. In addition, the upper surface of the insulating layer formed by the inkjet method can be flattened and uniformized to achieve homogenization, and a laminated body such as an inductor having a through-hole electrode can be easily and reliably manufactured. Binder-85- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ----------------- 111 ------ line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page) 565864 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention () and the fine unevenness generated on the conductors are uniformized to ensure flatness The lamination is uniform and improves the lamination accuracy. In addition, the laminated body formed on each working surface of the rotary drum can be easily and surely recovered, and a structure can be easily arranged in the installation space of the cymbal body recovery mechanism. Because the insulation layer forming device, the conductor layer forming device, and the drying device can be installed above and below the work table, respectively, after the work table position is determined, the insulation layer forming device, the conductor layer forming device, and the drying device can be used. A predetermined operation is performed by entering and exiting to form a thin film layer, so that each thin film layer of the laminated body can be efficiently produced, and by increasing the manufacturing speed of these laminated bodies, manufacturing time can be shortened and productivity can be improved. In addition, when the inkjet method is used as the insulating layer forming device, the conductor layer and the insulating layer can be formed with high accuracy and density. In addition, the insulating layer can be formed by filling the recessed portions remaining between the electrode layers with the ceramic adhesive solution, so that the cause of the voids can be eliminated, the flatness of the insulating layer can be ensured, and the electronic components manufactured can be effectively maintained. quality. In addition, through-holes are formed by an ink-jet-type insulating layer forming device, and an ink-jet-type conductor layer forming device is used to fill the through-hole electrodes between the electrode layers in the through-holes, so that the through-holes can be accurately and accurately formed. Via electrode. In addition, when the film layer is temporarily crimped with the dummy crimping device, the insulation layer formed by the insulating layer forming device and the conductor layer forming device and the unevenness on the conductive pattern can be evenly planarized, thereby improving the stacking of the next film layer. The layer accuracy is improved and the close adhesion with the lower film layer is made so that each layer is homogeneous and integrated. 8 6- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) Please read the precautions on the back page IIIII Line appeal 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () To form a high-quality laminated body, and at the same time, it can prevent the 'problem such as shape collapse during true compression bonding, which reduces the yield. Furthermore, when a layout in which the dummy crimping device is arranged on the work table facing each other across the space of the stack is used, the only remaining upper space around the work table can be effectively used to install the dummy crimping device. Under the function of the device, further miniaturization is achieved, making the entire device more compact and solid. Furthermore, when each device (insulating layer forming device, drying device, conductor layer forming device, etc.) is retracted, a stacking space above the worktable can be closed so that the stacking space is not in communication with outside air. The interrupting device and the vacuum device for forming a vacuum atmosphere in the stacking space can provide a small and convenient space that can be compact and convenient for stacking the stacked body while performing the real crimping operation. Manufacturing device. In addition, when a structure is provided in which the laser drilling device can be moved in and out of the work table, even if an insulating layer forming device such as a doctor blade coating method or a roller coating method is used to form an insulating layer, a through hole can be formed, and the through hole can be formed. Through-hole electrodes are formed with high accuracy. In addition, since an insulating layer forming device, a drying device, a conductor layer forming device, and a laser drilling device are arranged around the above-mentioned work table, a through hole and a through-hole electrode are formed by punching and stacked. When a manufacturing apparatus of a laminated body is subjected to false compression bonding or true compression bonding, the miniaturization and space saving of the manufacturing device can be achieved. Since a thin film layer having a predetermined electrode pattern is formed between the insulating sheets of the multilayer insulating sheet, the insulating sheet is sandwiched between the thin film layers, so that the flatness of each thin film layer can be improved. -87- This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the note on the back 3 to write this page) Binding------- Staff of Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Cooperative 565864 Α7 B7 V. Description of the invention () In addition, because the insulating sheet is stacked on the thin film layer, it is more flat than an insulating layer formed by spraying a ceramic bonding solution (the upper and lower layers of the film layer with the electrode layer) Insulation layer) can shorten the working time. Therefore, in addition to being able to accurately form a thin film layer having an electrode (conductor) pattern with high accuracy, it is possible to form an insulating layer above and below the thin film layer from an insulating sheet in a short time. As a result, it is possible to efficiently Produces high-quality laminates with high internal accuracy. In addition, since predetermined operations are effectively performed in each program when the substrate is moved forward and when it is reciprocated, the thin film layers of the laminated body can be efficiently produced, and the manufacturing time of these laminated bodies can be shortened and improved. Productive. In addition, since only the necessary and minimum number of the above-mentioned insulating layer forming devices and conductor layer forming devices are required to be provided in parallel, the required length of the section path can be set short, and a practical compact device can be provided. Since the number of devices is small, an inexpensive manufacturing device can be provided. Furthermore, since each of the above-mentioned insulation layer forming devices and conductor layers are formed into a unit, and it can be attached to and detached from the casing, the arrangement of these units is easy to perform, and by changing The arrangement of each unit can respond to the production needs of a variety of laminates, and can provide a small device that is inexpensive and has a wide range of uses. Furthermore, because the polygonal rotating drum is intermittently rotated and predetermined operations are performed on each of its working surfaces, each layer of the laminated body can be efficiently produced, and multiple laminated bodies can be simultaneously produced. , So it can shorten manufacturing time and improve productivity. -8 8-This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) ------------- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order --------- Line. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () kjcd · Figure, Figure 4 U) ~ (d) show the third embodiment The side of the work procedure (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) tsa · garden, Fig. 5 (a) ~ (d) are side views showing the work procedure of the fourth embodiment; (Fig. 6 U) ~ (E) is a side view showing a work program of the fifth embodiment; (a) to (d) of the seventh picture are side views showing a work program of the sixth embodiment; and (a) to (e) of FIG. 8 are A side view showing a working procedure of the seventh embodiment

IjezI · 國, 第9圖(a)〜(e)是表示第8實施例的作業程序的倒面 圆, 第10圖是表示使用絶緣層形成裝置的絶緣層形成程序 的放大圖; 第11圖是表示使用絶緣層形成裝置的隔片絶緣層形成 程序的放大圖; 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第12圖是表示使用絶線層形成裝置的電極層形成程序 的放大圖; 第13圖是表示使用絶緣層形成裝置的絶緣層形成程序 的放大圖; 第14圖是表示使用導體層形成裝置的通孔電極形成程 序的放大圖; 第15圖是表示使用乾燥裝置的乾燥程序的放大圖; -9 0 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 565864 A7 B7 五、發明説明() 第16画是表示假壓接裝置的具體例的放大圖; (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第17圖是表示絶緣層形成裝置的其他實施例的放大圖; 第18圖是表示第2發明的叠層體製造裝置的正面圖; 第19圖是第18圖的部分切缺侧面圖; 第20圖是說明各單元的安裝構造的斜視圏; 第21圖是表示各單元的安裝構造的部分截面放大圖; 第22圖是說明各單元的安裝構造的其他例子的斜視圖; 第23圖(a)〜(e)是說明第2發明的第1實施例的作業 程序的正面圖; 第24圖(a)〜(d)是說明第2實施例的作業程序的正面 圖; 第25圖(a)〜(d)是說明第3實施例的作業程序的正面 圖; 第26圖(a)〜(d)是說明第4實施例的作業程序的正面 圖; 第27圖(a)〜(e)是說明第5實施例的作業程序的正面 圖; 第28圖U)〜(e)是說明第6實施例的作業程序的正面 圖; 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第29圖是表示第3發明的叠層體製造裝置概要的正面 圖; 第30圖是第29圖裝置的倒面圖; 第31圖是第29圖中主要部分的放大圖; 第32圖(a)〜(P)是表示第3發明的第1實施例的作業 -91- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X 297公釐) 565864 A7 ___B7_ 五、發明説明() 程序的概要圖; 第33圖U)〜(p)是說明第2實施例的作業程序的概要 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 圖,· 第34圖是使用粘合液噴射單元形成絶緣層的作業程序 的放大截面圖; 第35圖是使用導體膏噴射裝置形成電極層和基準標記 的作業程序的放大截面圖; 第36圖是使用粘合液噴射裝置和導體層形成裝置形成 隔Η絶緣層和通孔電極的作業程序的放大截面圖; 第37圖是表示製造裝置的其他實施例,與第29圖對窿 的主要部分的放大圖; 第38圖(a)〜(q)是使用第37圖的裝置製造叠層體的作 業程序的概要圖; 第39圖是使用刮刀方式的粘合液噴射裝置形成絶緣層 的作業程序的放大截面圖; 第40圖槪略地表示第4發明的叠層體製造裝置的第1 實施例的正面截面圖; 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第41圖概略地表示横截第40圖的機體的平面截面圖; 第42圖U)〜(r)是說明製造叠層體(感應體用)的作業 程序的第1實施例概要圖; 第43圖(a)〜(f’)是說明製造疊層體(電容器用)的作 業序的第2實施例概要圖; 第44圖是概略地表示第3實施例的曼層體製造裝置的 側面圖,其中省略乾燥裝置; -92- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 _B7___五、發明説明() 第45圖概略地表示横截機體的平面截面圓; 第46圖(a)〜(g,)是說明根據第3實施例製造叠層體的 作業程序的概要圓; 第47圖概略地表示第4實施例的昼層體製造裝置的正 面侧面圖; 第48画概略地表示横截機體的平面截面圖; 第49画是表示真壓接狀態的概要圖; 第50圖概略地表示第5發明的叠層體製造裝置的正面 圖; 第51画U)〜(c)是表示根據製造裝置的昼層體的製造 程序的斷面圖; 第5 2圖(a)〜U)是更詳細地表示叠層體的製造程序的 截面圖; 第53圖是表示由同一製造裝置製造的叠層體的其他例 子的截面圖; 第54圖是絶緣Η疊層裝置的放大圖; 第55圖是表示可裝卸地將絶緣層形成單元,導體層形 成單元和按壓單元分別安裝在支持壁上的構成的一個例子 的斜視圖; 第56圖是表示可裝卸地將絶緣層形成單元,導體層形 成單元和按壓單元分別安裝在支持壁上的構成的其他例子 的斜視圖; 第57圖是第6發明的叠層體製造裝置的正面圖; 第58圖是第7發明的叠層體製造裝置的正面圓。 -93- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )八4規格(210X 297公釐) 565864 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明() 符號說明 la... .區 間 路 徑 2… • •可 動 台 3____ •基 盤 11… • •隔 Η 絶 線 層 12… •電 極 (導體)層 13… …絶 緣 層 14… •通 孔 電 極 140. 绝 •番 緣 層 160… •旋 轉 鼓 161. •.趿 附 孔 160a· •作 業 面 170. •.供 給 機 構 180… ,叠 層 體 回 收 機 構 181 * •.回 收 台 183… .回 收 臂 184. •.回 收 箱 190… .壓 板 311 · • •滾 筒 312· · •捲 取 滾 筒 320. …趿 附 傳 送 機 構 321.. .吸 附 部 分 322., • •切 斷 刀 刃 350 &quot; ,滑 動 遮 斷 器 361 , ,.機 體 361c, •上 板 390.. …移 動 裝 置 391 .. •支 持 臂 1 Α… » •昼 層 體 C____ ,粘 合 液 噴 射 裝 置 E____ ,,導 鑲 層 形 成 裝 f____ .載 體 膜 Η____ 2Mit ,·趣 斷 裝 置 L____ •乾 燥 裝 置 Ρ____ 光 打 孔 裝 置 Q·… • CCD 攝 像 機 單 元 R____ 壓 滾 筒 R1… .第 1 按 壓 裝 置 R2… …第 2 按 壓 裝 置 R,… •壓 接 裝 置 R ”… .按 壓 單 元 S____ •空 間 S1… •薄 膜 層 τ____ •帶 狀 物 -94- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)IjezI, Fig. 9 (a) to (e) are rounded circles showing an operation procedure of the eighth embodiment, and Fig. 10 is an enlarged view showing an insulation layer formation procedure using an insulation layer forming apparatus; Fig. 11 It is an enlarged view showing a spacer insulating layer forming procedure using an insulating layer forming device. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. FIG. 12 is an enlarged view showing an electrode layer forming procedure using an insulating layer forming device. FIG. 14 is an enlarged view showing an insulating layer forming process using an insulating layer forming apparatus. FIG. 14 is an enlarged view showing a via hole electrode forming process using a conductor layer forming apparatus. FIG. 15 is an enlarged view showing a drying process using a drying apparatus. Figure; -9 0-This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 565864 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention () Drawing 16 is an enlarged view showing a specific example of a false crimping device; (please (Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page.) Figure 17 is an enlarged view showing another embodiment of the insulating layer forming apparatus. Figure 18 is a diagram showing a laminated body manufacturing apparatus according to the second invention. Fig. 19 is a partially cut-away side view of Fig. 18; Fig. 20 is an oblique view illustrating the installation structure of each unit; Fig. 21 is an enlarged partial sectional view showing the installation structure of each unit; Fig. 22 FIG. 23 is a perspective view illustrating another example of a mounting structure of each unit. FIGS. 23 (a) to (e) are front views illustrating an operation procedure of the first embodiment of the second invention. FIGS. 24 (a) to (d) ) Is a front view illustrating the working procedure of the second embodiment; FIGS. 25 (a) to (d) are front views illustrating the working procedure of the third embodiment; FIGS. 26 (a) to (d) are explanatory views A front view of the working procedure of the fourth embodiment; FIGS. 27 (a) to (e) are front views illustrating the working procedure of the fifth embodiment; (U) to (e) of FIG. 28 are operations illustrating the sixth embodiment. Front view of the program; Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Figure 29 is a front view showing the outline of the laminated body manufacturing apparatus of the third invention. Figure 30 is a reverse view of the apparatus of Figure 29. Figure 31 It is an enlarged view of the main part in Fig. 29; Figs. 32 (a) to (P) are operations showing the first embodiment of the third invention- 91- This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X 297 mm) 565864 A7 ___B7_ V. Description of the invention () Outline drawing of the procedure; Figure 33 (U) to (p) are illustrations of the second embodiment Outline of the working procedure (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Figure, · Figure 34 is an enlarged sectional view of the working procedure for forming an insulating layer using an adhesive liquid spraying unit; Figure 35 is a conductive paste spraying device An enlarged cross-sectional view of an operation procedure for forming an electrode layer and a fiducial mark; FIG. 36 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of an operation procedure for forming a barrier insulating layer and a through-hole electrode using an adhesive liquid spraying device and a conductor layer forming device; An enlarged view of a main part of another embodiment of the manufacturing apparatus, which is opposed to FIG. 29; FIGS. 38 (a) to (q) are schematic diagrams of a procedure for manufacturing a laminated body using the apparatus of FIG. 37; 39 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of an operation procedure for forming an insulating layer using an adhesive liquid spraying device of a doctor blade method; FIG. 40 is a front cross-sectional view schematically showing a first embodiment of a laminated body manufacturing apparatus of a fourth invention; Printed by the Intellectual Property Cooperative of the Ministry of Intellectual Property, Figure 41 shows a plan cross-sectional view of the body that crosses Figure 40; Figures U) to (r) are procedures for manufacturing laminated bodies (for inductors) Fig. 43 is a schematic diagram of a first embodiment; Figs. 43 (a) to (f ') are schematic diagrams of a second embodiment illustrating a procedure for manufacturing a laminated body (for a capacitor); and Fig. 44 is a schematic diagram showing a third embodiment Example of a side view of a Mann body manufacturing device, in which the drying device is omitted; -92- This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 565864 Printed by A7 _B7___ 5. Description of the invention () Figure 45 schematically shows a plane cross-section circle that crosses the body; Figures 46 (a) to (g,) are outline circles explaining a procedure for manufacturing a laminated body according to the third embodiment; Fig. 47 schematically shows a front side view of a day-layer body manufacturing apparatus according to a fourth embodiment; Fig. 48 schematically shows a plan cross-sectional view of a cross-section of a machine body; Fig. 49 is a schematic diagram showing a true crimping state; Fig. 50 The lamination of the fifth invention is schematically shown Front view of the manufacturing apparatus; Section 51) U) to (c) are cross-sectional views showing a manufacturing process of a day-layer body according to the manufacturing apparatus; and Section 5 2 (a) to U) are more detailed stacked bodies FIG. 53 is a cross-sectional view showing another example of a laminated body manufactured by the same manufacturing apparatus; FIG. 54 is an enlarged view of an insulation / layering apparatus; FIG. 55 is a view showing a removable An oblique view of an example of a configuration in which an insulating layer forming unit, a conductor layer forming unit, and a pressing unit are respectively mounted on a supporting wall; FIG. 56 is a view showing a detachably attaching an insulating layer forming unit, a conductive layer forming unit, and a pressing unit A perspective view of another example of the configuration on the supporting wall; FIG. 57 is a front view of the laminated body manufacturing apparatus of the sixth invention; FIG. 58 is a front circle of the laminated body manufacturing apparatus of the seventh invention. -93- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) 8 4 specifications (210X 297 mm) 565864 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Description of the invention () Symbol description la .... Interval path 2 ... • • Movable stage 3____ • Base plate 11… • • Barrier insulation layer 12… • Electrode (conductor) layer 13…… Insulation layer 14… • Via electrode 140. Insulation layer 160… • Rotating drum 161. • Attachment hole 160a • • Working surface 170. • .Supply mechanism 180…, Laminate recovery mechanism 181 * • Recycling table 183… .Recycling arm 184 • Recycling box 190…. Platen 311 · • • Roller 312 · · • Take-up roller 320... With attached conveying mechanism 321... Suction section 322. • • • Cutting blade 350 &quot; 361,,. Body 361c, • upper plate 390 ..… mobile device 391 .. • support arm 1 Α… »• day Body C____, adhesive liquid spraying device E____, guide layer forming device f____. Carrier film Η ____ 2Mit, · Interruption device L____ • Drying device P____ Light punching device Q · ... • CCD camera unit R____ pressure roller R1 ... 1 Pressing device R2…… 2nd pressing device R,… • Pressing device R ”.. Pressing unit S____ • Space S1… • Film layer τ ____ • Ribbon-94- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling (Page) This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm)

Claims (1)

565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 __ 六、申請專利範圍 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1· 一種叠層體製造装置,包括:在直線狀的規定區 間路徑上往復移動·和上下移動地設置基盤,並且在該區間 路徑上,分別並設1個或多個可吐出陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹 脂資的絕緣層形成裝置,依噴墨方式噴射導體裔的導體層 形成裝置,及使上述粘合液、導體賫乾燥的乾燥裝置;上 述基盤在上述區間路徑上1次或多次往復移動期間,在絕 緣層上形成配設有規定電極(導體)圖案的薄膜層,反復進 行這些過程形成叠層體。 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵是該乾燥裝置的至少1個係配置在上逑區間路徑的大致 中央部。 3. 如申請專利範圍第1項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵是該絕緣層形成裝置的至少1個係依噴墨方式噴射陶瓷 粘合液或絕緣樹脂齎形成絕緣層。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1或3項之叠層體製造裝置, 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 其中該絕緣層形成装置包括於導體層形成裝置形成的電極 層之間的凹嵌部或除去形成電極層的區域的規定區域中填 充陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂膏。 5. 如申請專利範圍第1項之叠層體製、造裝置,其特 徵是該導體層形成裝置係依噴墨方式在上述電極圖案上噴 -95- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 射導體裔形成通孔電極。 6· 如申請專利範圍第1項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵是在上述絕緣層上並設打出通孔用的激光打孔裝置,利 用上述導體層形成裝置將導體费填充於該打孔裝置打出的 通孔中,形成通孔電極。 7. 一種叠層體製造裝置,其特徵包括:在直線狀的 規定區間路徑上往復移動和上下移動地設置基盤,並且在 該區間路徑上,分別並設1個或多個吐出陶瓷粘合液或絕 緣樹脂麥的絕緣層形成裝置,依噴墨方式噴射導體資的導 體層形成裝置,及使上述粘合液、導體齎乾燥的乾燥裝置 ;上逑基盤在上述區間路徑上1次或多次往復移動期間, 在絕緣層上形成配設有規定電極(導體)圖案的薄膜層,反 復進行這些過程形成叠層體,並設有在叠置上述薄膜層的 適當時候按壓其上面的假壓接裝置。 8. 如申請專利範圍第7項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵是該假壓接裝置是接觸於由乾燥裝置乾燥後的陶瓷粘合 液或絕緣樹脂齎、導體蒼,並且在表面上具有極微小粘著 性的按壓滾筒,使具有粘著性的除塵滾筒與該滾筒接觸。 9. 一種叠層體製造裝置,包括:將基盤可K在規定 區間往復移動和上下移動地設置在作業台上,在該作業台 -96- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先Μ·讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 一一口’ _ MM w ΜΜ MM an·!· W 麵 ϋ ϋ ϋ I i-i atf ϋ n n n I n ϋ «ϋ an n n n n I ϋ - 565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 上方並設多個支持部件,並且分別將1個或多個吐出陶瓷 粘合液或絕緣樹脂,的絕緣層形成裝置,噴射導體膏的導 體層形成装置和乾燥裝置可装卸地安裝在這些支持部件上 ,上述基盤在上述區間路徑上1次或多次往復移動期間, 在絕緣層上形成配設有規定導體圖案的薄膜層,反復進行 這些過程形成叠層體。 10·如申請專利範圍第9項之叠層體製造裝置,其中 該導體層形成裝置係噴射導體資形成導體層的噴墨方式者 ,而該絕緣層形成裝置中的至少1個係噴射陶瓷粘合液或 絕緣樹脂音形成絕緣層的噴墨方式者。 11·如申請專利範圍第9項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵是進一步在上述支持部件上可裝卸地設置在絕緣層上打 出通孔的激光打孔装置。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 12·如申請專利範圍第9-11項之任一項之叠層體製 造裝置,其特徵是進一步在上逑支持部件上可裝卸地設置 在叠層薄膜層的適當時候按壓上面的假壓接裝置。 13.如申請專利範圍第12項之鲞層體製造裝置,其特 徵是進一步在上逑支持部件上可裝卸地設置為了檢測薄膜 層狀態進行攝像的CCD攝像機裝置。 -97- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 18. 如申請專利範圍第17項之疊層體製造裝置,其特 徵是當上逑導體層形成裝置開始在各作業面上進行工作時 ,由該裝置在載體膜上附設基準標記,並對向配置有上述 導體層形成裝置和噴墨方式的絕緣層形成裝置的作業台配 設C CD攝像機,對該攝像機攝取的上逑基準標記進行圖像 處理,決定上述導體層形成裝置和上述絕緣層形成裝置的 位置。 19. 如申請專利範圍第14項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵是上述絕緣層形成裝置用噴墨方式形成絕緣層,在此後 面的作業台上配設按壓上述絕緣層的假壓接裝置。 20·如申請專利範圍第14項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵是在上述旋轉鼓的1個作業台上配置導體層形成装置和 絕緣層形成裝置,用該體層形成裝置,將導體賫噴射在所 形成的電極圖案上形成通孔電極,用絕緣層形成装置,在 由導體層形成裝置形成的電極層之間填充陶瓷粘合液或絕 緣樹脂膏形成絕緣層。 21·如申請專利範圍第14項之昼層體製造裝置,其特 徼是在上述旋轉鼓的1個作業台上@設在叠層上述薄膜層 的適當時候按壓上面的假壓接裝置。 22· —種鲞層體製造裝置,其特徼包括: -99- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 一 δ* n n «ϋ n n I I ϋ — 1 11 ϋ I I— n n I I -1- i - I n I i^i 11 ϋ I I - n — ϋ I 565864 0^888 ABCD 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 、申請專利轉圍 裝置,藉使上逑絕緣層形成裝置,乾烽裝置和導體層形成 裝置反復出入作業台上方,而在作業台上的絕緣層上形成 配設有規定導體圖案的薄膜層,反復使該絕緣層形成裝置 ,乾燥裝置和導體層形成裝置出入,形成由規定薄膜層構 成的叠層體。 25 ·如申請專利範圍第24項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徼是進一步設置有每當形成1個〜多個薄膜層時按壓這些 薄膜層的假壓接裝置。 26.如申請專利範圍第2 5項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵是上述假壓接裝置設置在作業台上方,同時其與這個作 業台之間確保有用於叠層上逑薄膜層的空間。 27· —種叠層體製造裝置,其特徵包括: 在作業台上方設置壓接裝置,同時在各該作業台和壓 接装置之間可Μ出入地設置吐出陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂爱 的絕緣層形成裝置,依噴墨方式噴射導體齎的導體層形成 裝置和使上述粘合液或導體膏乾燥的乾燥裝置; 當使該絕緣層形成裝置,乾燥裝置,導體層形成裝置 後退時,至少設置使作業台上方的叠層用空間不與外氣連 通的遮斷裝置和至少設置使叠層用空間内形成真空氣氛的 真空裝置; 每當反復使上逑絕緣層形成裝置,乾燥裝置,導體層 -10 1- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公餐) --------^---------^ ^W1 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 形成裝置出入形成所要數目的薄膜層時,用壓接裝置進行 按壓,按壓至規定薄膜層數時,用遮斷裝置閉塞上述叠層 用空間,一面使真空裝置工作,一面用壓接装置真壓接該 叠層體。 28 ·如申請專利範圍第24-27項之任一項之叠層體製 造裝置,其特徵是上述絕緣層形成裝置用噴墨方式噴射陶 瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂膏形成叠層體。 29. 如申請專利範圍第24-27項之任一項之叠層體製 造裝置,其特徵是上逑絕緣層形成裝置是噴墨方式,藉噴 射在電極層之間填充陶瓷粘合液形成絕緣層。 30. —種叠層體製造裝置,其特徵包括: 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印?衣 在作業台上方可K出入地分別設置吐出陶瓷粘合液或 絕緣樹脂資的絕緣層形成裝置,可依噴墨方式噴射導體賫 的導體層形成裝置和使上述粘合液、導體膏乾燥的乾燥裝 置,藉由使上述絕緣層形成裝置,乾燥裝置和導體層形成 裝置出入作業台上方,在作業台上絕緣層上形成配設有規 定導體圖案的薄膜層,反復使該等絕緣層形成裝置,乾燥 裝置和導體層形成裝置進行出入形成由規定薄膜層構成的 叠層體,上述絕緣層形成装置為噴墨方式,藉噴射形成具 有通孔的絕緣層。 -102- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 565864 Α8 Β8 C8 D8 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 六、申請專利範圍 31·如申請專利範圍第30項之叠層體製造裝置,其中 該導體層形成裝置·是利用噴墨方式噴射導體膏在上逑通孔 中形成通孔電極。 32·如申請專利範圍第2 7項之®層體製造裝置,其特 徵是在上逑作業台上方設置可在該作業台與壓接裝置之間 進行出入而在絕緣層上打出通孔的激光打孔裝置,並藉由 上述導體層形成裝置將導體裔填充於由該激光打孔裝置打 出的通孔,形成通孔電極。 33·如申請專利範圍第32項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵是將絕緣層形成裝置,乾燥裝置,導體曆形成裝置和激 光打孔裝置集合配設在上逑作業台的周圍。 34. —種叠層體製造裝置,備有: 使絕緣片叠置的絕緣片叠層裝置,在絕緣片上噴射導 體《的導體層形成装置,將陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂資吐出 在該絕緣片上的絕緣層形成裝置, 藉反復使用上述各裝置,在多層絕緣片的各絕緣Η之 間形成具有配設有規定導體圖案的薄膜層的叠層體。 35·如申請專利範圍第34項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵包括: 使可以在直線狀的規定區間路徑上往復移動和上下移 -103- ----------------^---------^ IAWI (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) 565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 動地設置基盤,並且在該區間路徑上,分別並設1個或多 個上述導體層形成裝置和上逑絕緣層形成裝置, 在上逑基盤在上述區間路徑上1次或多次往復移動期 間,由上逑絕緣片叠層裝置供給絕緣片,並在該絕緣片上 利用上逑導體層形成裝置和上述絕歲層形成裝置形成配設 有規定導體圖案的薄膜層,反復進行這些過程形成叠層體。 36·如申請專利範圍第35項之叠層體製造裝置,其中 該導體層形成裝置是噴射導體資的導體層形成單元, 而該絕緣層形成裝置是吐出陶瓷粘合液或絕緣樹脂膏的絕 緣層形成單元, 將基盤可K在規定區間往復移動和上下移動地置在作 業台上,並在該作業台上方並設多個支持部件,同時將1 個或多個上述絕緣層形成單元和導體層形成單元可裝卸地 安裝在這些支持部件上。 37.如申請專利範圍第34項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵包括: 配設在外周上具有連續劃分的平坦作業面且可間歇旋 轉的多角形狀的旋轉鼓; 在該旋轉鼓停止狀態下面對上述作業面的作業台上分 別設置1個或多個上述絕緣片叠層裝置、上述絕緣層形成 裝置和上述導體層形成装置, -104- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) — — — — — — — — — — — — - — — — III— 11111111 - (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在上述旋轉鼓的每次旋轉時,在由上逑絕緣Μ叠層装 置供給的上述作業·面的絕緣片上,形成配設有規定導體圖 案的至少1層薄膜層,並藉反復進行上逑旋轉動作形成叠 層體。 38.如申請專利範圍第3 4項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵包括: 分別在基盤上方可Κ出入地設置上述絕緣月叠層裝置 ,上逑絕緣層形成裝置和上述導體層形成裝置, 使這些絕緣片叠層裝置,絕緣曆形成装置和導體層形 成裝置在基盤上方進行出入,而在基盤上的絕緣片上彤成 配設有規定導體圖案的薄膜層,藉反復使這些各裝置出入 形成叠層體。 3 9.如申請專利範圍第38項之叠層體製造裝置,其特 徵包括: 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在基盤上方設置絕緣片叠置的適當時候可按壓該絕緣 片的按壓裝置,並且在該基盤上方可Κ分別出入地設置上 述絕緣片叠層裝置,上述導體層形成裝置,和上逑絕緣層 形成裝置, 同時設置當這些絕緣片叠層裝置,導體層形成裝置, 和絕緣層形成裝置後退時,可至少使基盤上方的叠層用空 間不與外氣連通的遮斷裝置及可至少使叠層用空間内形成 真空氣氛的真空裝置, -105- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 χ 297公釐)一. A8 B8 C8 D8 565864 六、申請專利範圍 一面利用上述遮斷裝置閉塞上述叠層用空間使真空裝 置工作,一面利用上逑按壓裝置按壓藉由反復使上逑絕緣 片叠層裝置,絕緣層形成裝置,和導體層形成裝置進行出 入形成的叠曆體。 請 先 閱 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 項 再 填 寫 本 頁 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -106- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 __ VI. Scope of patent application (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 1. A laminated body manufacturing device, which includes: reciprocating on a linearly defined path, and moving up and down A base plate is provided, and one or more insulating layer forming devices capable of discharging ceramic adhesive liquid or insulating resin materials are respectively arranged along the path of the section, and the conductive layer forming device for ejecting the conductors by an inkjet method is provided, and the above A drying device for drying the adhesive solution and the conductor; the substrate is formed on the insulating layer with a predetermined electrode (conductor) pattern during the one or more reciprocating movements on the section path, and these processes are repeated to form Laminated body. 2. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 1 of the patent application, characterized in that at least one of the drying devices is arranged at a substantially central portion of the path of the upper loop. 3. For a laminated body manufacturing device according to item 1 of the patent application scope, at least one of the insulating layer forming devices sprays a ceramic adhesive liquid or an insulating resin 依 by an inkjet method to form an insulating layer. 4. For a laminated body manufacturing device in the scope of patent application No. 1 or 3, printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy, where the insulating layer forming device includes a recessed portion between the electrode layers formed by the conductive layer forming device Alternatively, a predetermined region excluding the region where the electrode layer is formed is filled with a ceramic adhesive solution or an insulating resin paste. 5. For the laminated system and manufacturing device in the scope of patent application No. 1, it is characterized in that the conductor layer forming device sprays on the above electrode pattern according to the inkjet method. -95- This paper standard applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm) 565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs VI. Patent application scope Radio conductors form through-hole electrodes. 6. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, characterized in that a laser drilling device for punching through holes is provided on the above-mentioned insulating layer, and the above-mentioned conductor layer forming device is used to fill the conductor fee into the drilling hole. Through-hole electrodes formed by the device form through-hole electrodes. 7. A laminated body manufacturing device, comprising: a base plate is provided for reciprocating and up-and-down movement on a linear predetermined section path, and one or more spit-out ceramic bonding liquids are respectively provided on the section path. Or an insulating layer forming device of an insulating resin wheat, a conductive layer forming device that sprays conductive materials by an inkjet method, and a drying device that dries the adhesive liquid and the conductor; the upper base plate is once or more along the path of the section. During the reciprocating movement, a thin film layer provided with a predetermined electrode (conductor) pattern is formed on the insulating layer. These processes are repeated to form a laminated body, and a dummy crimp is provided to press the above-mentioned thin film layer when appropriate. Device. 8. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 7 of the scope of patent application, characterized in that the dummy crimping device is in contact with a ceramic adhesive liquid or an insulating resin 赍, a conductor green, which is dried by a drying device, and has A very small sticky pressing roller brings the sticky dust-removing roller into contact with the roller. 9. A laminated body manufacturing device, comprising: a base plate can be reciprocated and moved up and down in a predetermined section on a workbench, and the workbench -96- This paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 X 297 mm) (please read the notes on the back side and fill in this page) _ MM w Μ MM an ·! · W side ϋ ϋ ϋ I ii atf ϋ nnn I n ϋ ϋϋ an nnnn I ϋ-565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 6. Scope of patent application (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) There are multiple supporting parts above, and one or more of them will spit out ceramic adhesive liquid or insulation Resin, insulating layer forming device, conductive layer forming device for spraying conductive paste, and drying device are detachably mounted on these supporting members, and the substrate is formed on the insulating layer during one or more reciprocating movements on the above-mentioned section path. A thin film layer having a predetermined conductor pattern is arranged, and these processes are repeated to form a laminate. 10. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 9 of the application, wherein the conductor layer forming device is an inkjet method that sprays a conductor to form a conductor layer, and at least one of the insulating layer forming devices is a sprayed ceramic adhesive. Liquid-jet or ink-jet system with insulating resin or insulating resin. 11. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 9 of the scope of patent application, which is further characterized in that the above-mentioned support member is a laser drilling device detachably provided in the insulating layer to punch through holes. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs12. A laminated body manufacturing device such as any one of claims 9-11, which is characterized in that the laminated support film is further detachably provided on the upper support member Press the upper dummy crimping device at the appropriate time. 13. The device for manufacturing a layered body according to item 12 of the application, further comprising a CCD camera device detachably provided on the upper support member to detect the state of the thin film layer and perform imaging. -97- This paper size is in accordance with Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. Application for patent scope 18. If the laminated body manufacturing device of the 17th scope of the patent application, its characteristics When the upper conductor layer forming device starts to work on each work surface, the device attaches a reference mark to a carrier film, and works to arrange the above-mentioned conductor layer forming device and an ink-jet-type insulating layer forming device. The station is equipped with a C CD camera, and performs image processing on the upper fiducial mark taken by the camera to determine the positions of the conductor layer forming device and the insulating layer forming device. 19. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 14 of the patent application, characterized in that the insulating layer forming device forms an insulating layer by an inkjet method, and a dummy crimping device for pressing the insulating layer is arranged on the following workbench. . 20. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 14 of the scope of patent application, characterized in that a conductor layer forming device and an insulating layer forming device are arranged on one workbench of the rotary drum, and the conductor layer is sprayed with the body layer forming device. A through-hole electrode is formed on the formed electrode pattern, an insulating layer forming device is used, and an insulating layer is formed by filling a ceramic adhesive solution or an insulating resin paste between the electrode layers formed by the conductor layer forming device. 21. If the daytime layer manufacturing device according to item 14 of the scope of patent application, it is a dummy crimping device that is provided on a working table of the above-mentioned rotating drum and is arranged to press the above-mentioned film layer at an appropriate time. 22 · —Special layer manufacturing equipment, its special features include: -99- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs δ * nn «ϋ nn II ϋ — 1 11 ϋ II— nn II -1- i-I n I i ^ i 11 ϋ II-n — ϋ I 565864 0 ^ 888 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, and applied for a patent encircling device. With the upper insulation layer forming device, the drying device and the conductor layer forming device repeatedly entering and exiting above the workbench, the insulation layer on the workbench A thin film layer in which a predetermined conductive pattern is arranged is formed, and the insulating layer forming device, the drying device, and the conductive layer forming device are repeatedly put in and out to form a laminate including a predetermined thin film layer. 25. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 24 of the patent application, further comprising a dummy crimping device for pressing one or more thin film layers each time these thin film layers are formed. 26. The laminated body manufacturing device according to claim 25 in the scope of patent application, characterized in that the above-mentioned false crimping device is disposed above the workbench, and at the same time, a space for stacking the upper film layer is ensured between the dummy crimping device and the workbench. . 27 · A laminated body manufacturing device, comprising: a crimping device is provided above a work table, and a ceramic bonding solution or an insulating resin is ejected between each of the work table and the crimping device. The insulating layer forming device sprays the conductive layer forming device of the conductor 和 and the drying device for drying the adhesive solution or the conductive paste in an inkjet manner. When the insulating layer forming device, the drying device, and the conductive layer forming device are retracted, at least Provide a blocking device to prevent the stacking space above the work table from communicating with the outside air, and at least a vacuum device to form a vacuum atmosphere in the stacking space; whenever the upper insulation layer forming device, drying device, and conductor are repeatedly installed Layer-10 1- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 meals) -------- ^ --------- ^ ^ W1 (Please read the back first Please note this page before filling in this page) 565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. Patent application scope (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) When the device enters and exits to form the required number of film layers, press with the crimping device, When a predetermined pressure to the film layers, the blocking means blocking the laminated space, one side of the vacuum device is operated, the side crimp the crimping means true laminate. 28. The laminated structure manufacturing device according to any one of claims 24-27, wherein the above-mentioned insulating layer forming device sprays a ceramic adhesive liquid or an insulating resin paste by an inkjet method to form a laminated body. 29. The laminated body manufacturing device according to any one of claims 24-27, characterized in that the upper insulating layer forming device is an inkjet method, and a ceramic bonding liquid is filled between the electrode layers to form an insulation by spraying. Floor. 30. A kind of laminated body manufacturing device, which includes the following features: Employees 'Cooperatives' Seal of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs? Above the work table, an insulating layer forming device capable of ejecting ceramic adhesive liquid or insulating resin materials can be installed in and out of the working table. The conductive layer forming device capable of spraying the conductors by an inkjet method and the above-mentioned adhesive liquid and conductive paste are dried. In the drying device, the above-mentioned insulating layer forming device, the drying device, and the conductor layer forming device are moved in and out of the workbench, and a thin film layer with a predetermined conductor pattern is formed on the workbench insulating layer. The drying device and the conductor layer forming device are used to form a laminated body composed of a predetermined thin film layer. The above-mentioned insulating layer forming device is an inkjet method, and an insulating layer having through holes is formed by spraying. -102- This paper size is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) 565864 Α8 Β8 C8 D8 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 6. Scope of patent application 31. In the multilayer body manufacturing device of this item, the conductive layer forming device is a method for forming a via electrode in an upper via hole by spraying a conductive paste by an inkjet method. 32. If the layered body manufacturing device according to item 27 of the patent application scope, it is characterized in that a laser is provided above the upper work table, which can pass through the work table and the crimping device to punch through holes in the insulating layer. A punching device, and a conductor hole is filled in the through-hole punched out by the laser drilling device by the above-mentioned conductor layer forming device to form a through-hole electrode. 33. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 32 of the application, which is characterized in that an insulating layer forming device, a drying device, a conductor calendar forming device, and a laser drilling device are collectively arranged around the upper work table. 34. A laminated body manufacturing apparatus comprising: an insulating sheet laminating apparatus for stacking insulating sheets; a conductor layer forming apparatus for spraying a conductor on the insulating sheet; and discharging a ceramic adhesive liquid or an insulating resin material into the insulation. The on-chip insulating layer forming device uses the above-mentioned devices repeatedly to form a laminated body having a thin-film layer in which a predetermined conductor pattern is arranged between each insulating ridge of a multilayer insulating sheet. 35. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 34 of the scope of patent application, which includes the following features: It can reciprocate and move up and down on a straight line in a predetermined interval -103- ------------ ---- ^ --------- ^ IAWI (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 public love) 565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 6. The scope of the patent application is to dynamically set the base plate, and one or more of the above-mentioned conductor layer forming device and the upper insulation layer forming device are respectively set on the section path, and the upper base plate is on the above section path. During one or more reciprocating movements, an insulating sheet is supplied from the upper insulation sheet laminating device, and a thin film layer provided with a predetermined conductor pattern is formed on the insulating sheet by the upper conductor layer forming device and the above-mentioned insulation layer forming device. These processes are repeated to form a laminate. 36. The laminated body manufacturing device according to claim 35, wherein the conductor layer forming device is a conductor layer forming unit that sprays conductor materials, and the insulating layer forming device is an insulation that discharges a ceramic adhesive liquid or an insulating resin paste. The layer forming unit places the base plate on the work table such that the base plate can be reciprocated and moved up and down in a predetermined interval, and a plurality of support members are arranged above the work table, and one or more of the above-mentioned insulating layer forming units and conductors are simultaneously installed. The layer forming unit is detachably mounted on these support members. 37. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 34 of the scope of patent application, comprising: a polygonal rotary drum having a flat working surface that is continuously divided on the outer periphery and capable of intermittent rotation; and when the rotary drum is stopped One or more of the above-mentioned insulating sheet laminating device, the above-mentioned insulating layer forming device, and the above-mentioned conductive layer forming device are respectively arranged on the working table facing the above-mentioned working surface. -104- This paper standard is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210 X 297 mm) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — III — 11111111-(Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 565864 A8 B8 C8 D8 6. Scope of patent application (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) During each rotation of the rotary drum, the above-mentioned operation and surface insulation provided by the upper insulation M stacking device On the sheet, at least one thin film layer in which a predetermined conductor pattern is arranged is formed, and a lamination is formed by repeatedly performing a rewinding operation. 38. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 34 of the scope of patent application, which comprises: the above-mentioned insulating moon lamination device, the upper insulation layer forming device, and the above-mentioned conductor layer forming device are provided above and below the base plate, respectively. The insulating sheet stacking device, the insulating calendar forming device and the conductor layer forming device are put in and out above the base plate, and the insulating sheet on the base plate is formed with a thin film layer provided with a predetermined conductor pattern, and these devices are repeatedly put in and out to form Laminated body. 39. The laminated body manufacturing device according to item 38 of the scope of patent application, which includes: a printing device printed by an employee consumer cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, which is provided with an insulating sheet stacked on the base plate, and can press the insulating sheet when appropriate. The above-mentioned insulating sheet stacking device, the above-mentioned conductive layer forming device, and the upper insulating layer forming device may be separately installed above the base plate. At the same time, when these insulating sheet stacking devices, conductive layer forming devices, and insulation are provided, When the layer forming device is retracted, at least a blocking device that can prevent the stacking space above the substrate from communicating with the outside air, and a vacuum device that can at least form a vacuum atmosphere in the stacking space. Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇χ 297 mm) 1. A8 B8 C8 D8 565864 6. The scope of the patent application is to use the above-mentioned blocking device to block the above-mentioned stacking space to make the vacuum device work, while using the upper pressing device to press By repeatedly stacking the upper insulating sheet laminating device, the insulating layer forming device, and the conductor layer forming device in and out of the stack, Body. Please read the notes on the back first and then fill out this page. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs.
TW91105685A 2000-09-25 2002-03-25 Apparatus for manufacturing laminated member TW565864B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2000290751A JP3881833B2 (en) 2000-09-25 2000-09-25 Ceramic laminate manufacturing equipment
JP2000365997A JP2002170737A (en) 2000-11-30 2000-11-30 Ceramic laminate manufacturing device
JP2000365996A JP3881841B2 (en) 2000-11-30 2000-11-30 Ceramic laminate manufacturing equipment
JP2001006770A JP4341765B2 (en) 2001-01-15 2001-01-15 Ceramic laminate manufacturing equipment
JP2002051858A JP3805266B2 (en) 2002-02-27 2002-02-27 Ceramic laminate manufacturing equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW565864B true TW565864B (en) 2003-12-11

Family

ID=32601132

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW91105685A TW565864B (en) 2000-09-25 2002-03-25 Apparatus for manufacturing laminated member

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW565864B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8419178B2 (en) 2004-09-24 2013-04-16 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Ink-jet application method and display device producing method
CN109346312A (en) * 2018-12-12 2019-02-15 全南群英达电子有限公司 MC01 magnetic head lamination group automatic laminating machine

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8419178B2 (en) 2004-09-24 2013-04-16 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Ink-jet application method and display device producing method
CN109346312A (en) * 2018-12-12 2019-02-15 全南群英达电子有限公司 MC01 magnetic head lamination group automatic laminating machine
CN109346312B (en) * 2018-12-12 2024-05-28 全南群英达电子有限公司 Automatic lamination machine for magnetic head iron core sheet group

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP3805273B2 (en) Multilayer electronic component manufacturing equipment
JP2003257769A (en) Method and device for manufacturing ceramic laminate
KR100828488B1 (en) Manufacturing method and manufacturing apparatus of thin film laminated article
TW565864B (en) Apparatus for manufacturing laminated member
JP2008077599A (en) Method of manufacturing non-contact communication member and apparatus for manufacturing non-contact communication member, and method of manufacturing interposer and apparatus for manufacturing interposer
JP2002170737A (en) Ceramic laminate manufacturing device
JP3881833B2 (en) Ceramic laminate manufacturing equipment
JP2012094654A (en) Apparatus and method for mounting electronic component
CN104918409B (en) Outer pin vacation pressing system
JP3644270B2 (en) Paste filling method and paste filling apparatus
JPH09219339A (en) Method and apparatus for manufacturing layered ceramic electronic component
WO1986007301A1 (en) Laminator
CA2084670C (en) Method of and apparatus for producing labels
KR100606235B1 (en) Apparatus for manufacturing laminated member
JPH11514497A (en) Manufacturing apparatus and manufacturing method for laminated electric and electronic devices
JPH10112585A (en) Printed wiring body and its manufacture and its manufacturing device
JP2004313583A (en) Automatic feeding apparatus for fabric parts
KR100445074B1 (en) Method and apparatus for manufacturing monolithic ceramic electronic component
JPH09283360A (en) Method for manufacturing green sheet for laminated part
JP4863028B2 (en) Green sheet manufacturing method, green sheet laminate manufacturing method, and green sheet manufacturing apparatus
JP3881841B2 (en) Ceramic laminate manufacturing equipment
CN205912349U (en) Perpendicular laminating production line of coil stock
JPH0710277A (en) Method for laminating ceramic green sheet
JP5650983B2 (en) Electronic component mounting apparatus and mounting method
JPH10250043A (en) Method and device for screen printing

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
GD4A Issue of patent certificate for granted invention patent
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees